Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Northeast Bank

Northeast Bank

nbn · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nbn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 194
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Northeast Bank
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2 0 1 6   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

Richard Wayne
President and Chief Executive Officer

‘‘

I believe that we 

have built significant 

franchise value through 

our diversified lending 

and deposit gathering 

platforms.

‘‘

Dear Shareholders,

It is with great pleasure that I report on the results of fiscal 2016.  
Over the past year, we continued to execute on our business plan 
and focus on our commitment to the Company’s shareholders.  
This commitment is singularly focused on producing quality and 
consistent returns from our balance sheet, funding our growth 
cost-effectively  with  core  deposits,  and  increasing  shareholder 
value through prudent capital management.    

Year  over  year,  Northeast  grew  earnings  per  share  by  11% 
to  $0.80  and  had  a  return  on  equity  of  6.7%.  This  increase  in 
earnings was driven largely by net loan growth of 13.1%, a solid 
net  interest  margin  of  4.59%,  transactional  interest  income 
resulting from the resolution of loans purchased at a discount, 
fee  income  from  the  sale  of  the  guaranteed  portion  of  Small 
Business Administration (“SBA”) and United States Department 
of  Agriculture  (“USDA”)  loans  into  the  secondary  market,  and 
keeping our operating expenses in check.   

To  achieve  our  goals,  we  remain  focused  on  building  our 
franchise through the implementation of the following business 
strategies:

(cid:2)  Continuing  our  community  banking  tradition.  With  a 
history  that  dates  to  1872,  our  Community  Banking  Division 
maintains  its  focus  on  sales  and  service,  with  the  goal  of 
attracting and retaining deposits, and serving the lending needs 
of retail and commercial customers within our core markets.

(cid:2)  Growing  the  Loan  Acquisition  and  Servicing  Group’s 
(“LASG”)  national  origination  and  purchase  loan  business.   
We  purchase  commercial  real  estate  loans  nationally,  at  prices 
that  on  average  have  produced  yields  significantly  higher 
than those available on our originated loan portfolio.  We also 
originate loans nationally, taking advantage of our core expertise 
in underwriting and servicing national credits.

(cid:2)  Growing our national SBA and USDA origination business.    
We  originate  loans  on  a  national  basis  to  small  businesses 
benefitting from partial guarantees from the SBA or USDA.

(cid:2)  Generating  deposits  to  fund  our  business.  We  offer  a  full 
line of deposit products through our ten-branch network located 
in the Community Banking Division’s market and ableBanking, 
our online savings platform.  We also offer state-of-the-art cash 
management services.

Community Banking Division 
In  the  Community  Banking  Division,  we  continued  to  further 
our  small  business  lending  across  Maine  in  order  to  foster  job 
creation  and  support  local  businesses.  Working  within  a  very 

competitive  market,  our  community  bank  lenders  had  success 
in originating new loans, which aggregated $22 million for the 
year,  and  maintaining  strong  relationships  with  our  existing 
customer base.   

Our  Residential  Mortgage  Division  had  another  strong  year, 
generating $93.8 million in originations for fiscal 2016. We sold a 
significant portion of these loans into the secondary market and 
realized gains on sale totaling $1.7 million.

As part of our ongoing efforts to support our communities, we 
continue  to  devote  both  monetary  and  volunteer  resources 
to  worthwhile  local  non-profit  organizations.  Our  Community 
Involvement Volunteer Program continues to be a key driver of 
employee engagement. With two days annually made available 
for community service, this program allows our 175+ employees 
to mobilize in response to community needs and the causes they 
are passionate about.

LASG 
Our  LASG  continued  to  build  its  national  commercial  loan 
portfolio,  generating  $210.6  million  in  new  purchases  and 
originations  in  fiscal  2016,  and  achieving  net  growth  of  21%, 
or  $81.6  million.  During  the  year,  we  purchased  loans  with 
an  aggregate  unpaid  principal  balance  of  $108.7  million  at  an 
aggregate purchase price of $100 million. At June 30, 2016, net 
of  pay-downs,  payoffs  and  sales,  the  purchased  loan  portfolio 
stood at $239.7 million, and produced a total return of 11.4% for 
the year; a measure that includes both interest income and gains 
on asset sales.  

In addition, the LASG team has continued to grow  the commercial 
origination platform to supplement purchasing activities and to 
further  leverage  the  team’s  expertise.  Excluding  secured  loans 
to broker-dealers, the originated portfolio grew by 48% to $175 
million at June 30, 2016, and earned an average yield of 6.11%.

SBA Division
In  fiscal  2016,  we  continued  to  capitalize  on  our  national 
credit  platform  by  growing  our  SBA  division.    In  the  past  year, 
we  originated  $54.5  million  of  SBA  and  USDA  loans  and  sold 
$39  million  of  the  guaranteed  portion  of  these  loans  into  the 
secondary market at premiums ranging from 108.8% to 117.6%, 
realizing net gains of $4.2 million for the year.

Deposits
We  rely  on  three  channels  to  generate  the  deposits  necessary 
to fund asset growth: our ten retail branches across Maine; our 
direct savings platform, ableBanking; and time deposits through 

deposit listing services. In the past year we had net deposit growth 
of approximately $125 million or 19%.  In fiscal 2016, 96% of the 
net growth was due to an increase in our non-maturity accounts 
which  consist  of  our  money  market,  savings  and  demand 
deposit  products.  The  growth  in  these  core  deposit  products 
has strengthened our overall deposit mix such that non-maturity 
accounts  represent  approximately  56%  of  total  deposits  as  of  
June 30, 2016.  

Capital Management
The  Company  remains  dedicated  to  increasing  shareholder 
value  through  the  sound  execution  of  our  business  strategies 
and prudent capital management. In the past year, because we 
believed  that  our  shares  were  undervalued,  we  repurchased 
322,900 shares of Northeast stock at an average share price of 
$10.40.  

In addition, in fiscal 2016 the Company issued $15.05 million of 
subordinated notes that qualify for Tier 2 capital treatment. The 
subordinated notes will allow us to continue to implement our 
growth strategy, and diversify our capital mix, with a source of 
non-dilutive, low-cost capital.  

With the share buyback and issuance of subordinated notes, our 
capital  position  remains  strong,  with  a Tier  1  leverage  ratio  of 
13.27% and a Total capital ratio of 20.39%.  

                                               *            *             *

I am very proud of our achievements in fiscal 2016, and excited 
about what the future holds for our Company and shareholders.  
I believe that we have built significant franchise value through 
our  diversified  lending  and  deposit  gathering  platforms.  Each 
day, our management team and Board are focused on achieving 
the  goals  that  we  set  for  ourselves  at  the  beginning  of  each  
fiscal year.  We believe our operational capacity, lending expertise 
and capital resources leave us very well-positioned to achieve 
those goals.     

Thank you for your continued support.

Sincerely,

Richard Wayne
President and Chief Executive Officer

United States 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)  
(cid:2) 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016  

(cid:3) 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the transition period from   to  

OR  

Commission file number (1-14588)   

NORTHEAST BANCORP 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Maine 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

01-0425066 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

500 Canal Street, Lewiston, Maine 
(Address of principal executive offices)

04240 
(Zip Code) 

 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (207) 786-3245  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class: 
Voting Common Stock, $1.00 par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered:
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required 
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form  
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See 
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large Accelerated Filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

(cid:3) 

(cid:3) 

Accelerated filer 

Smaller Reporting Company 

(cid:2) 

(cid:2) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the last reported sales 
price of the registrant’s voting common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on December 31, 2015 was approximately $76,592,849.  

As of September 2, 2016, the registrant had outstanding 7,487,552 shares of voting common stock, $1.00 par value per share, and 1,343,683 shares of non-
voting common stock, $1.00 par value per share.   

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on November 22, 2016 are incorporated by reference 
in Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The registrant intends to file such proxy statement with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2016.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

The Company has determined that as of the end of its fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, it is an accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As permitted by Item 10(f) of Regulation S-K, the Company is providing scaled disclosure applicable to 
smaller reporting companies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

EXPLANATORY NOTE 

 
 
  
  
   
   
   
   
This page intentionally left blank

Part I.    

Table of Contents  

Item 1.  Business .................................................................................................................................................. 

1

Item 1A. Risk Factors ............................................................................................................................................ 

16

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments ................................................................................................................... 

24

Item 2.  Properties ................................................................................................................................................ 

24

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................................................. 

24

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ......................................................................................................................... 

24

Part II    

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities ..................................................................................................................................... 

25

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................... 

27

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ................. 

28

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ................................................................ 

48

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................................................................... 

49

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................. 

93

Item 9A  Controls and Procedures ......................................................................................................................... 

93

Item 9.B Other Information ................................................................................................................................... 

96

Part III   

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................... 

96

Item 11.  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................................................ 

96

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters 

96

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ....................................... 

96

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services................................................................................................. 

96

Part IV   

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  ............................................................................................... 

97

i 

 
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
A Note About Forward-Looking Statements  

This report contains certain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, such as statements relating to the financial 
condition,  prospective  results  of  operations,  future  performance  or  expectations,  plans,  objectives,  prospects,  loan  loss 
allowance  adequacy,  simulation  of  changes  in  interest  rates,  capital  spending,  finance  sources  and  revenue  sources  of 
Northeast Bancorp ("we," "our," "us," "Northeast" or the "Company"). These statements relate to expectations concerning 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts.  Accordingly,  statements  that  are  based  on  management's  projections,  estimates, 
assumptions, and judgments constitute forward-looking statements. These forward looking statements, which are based on 
various assumptions (some of which are beyond the Company's control), may be identified by reference to a future period or 
periods, or by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "believe", "expect", "estimate", "anticipate", "continue", "plan", 
"approximately", "intend", "objective", "goal", "project", or other similar terms or variations on those terms, or the future or 
conditional verbs such as "will", "may", "should", "could", and "would".  

Such forward-looking statements reflect our current views and expectations based largely on information currently available 
to our management, and on our current expectations, assumptions, plans, estimates, judgments, and projections about our 
business  and  our  industry,  and  they  involve  inherent  risks  and  uncertainties.  Although  the  Company  believes  that  these 
forward-looking statements are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions, they are not guarantees of future performance 
and  are  subject  to  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties,  contingencies,  and  other  factors.  Accordingly,  the  Company 
cannot give you any assurance that its expectations will in fact occur or that its estimates or assumptions will be correct. The 
Company cautions you that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking 
statements as a result of, among other factors, the factors referenced in this report under Item 1A. "Risk Factors"; changes in 
interest  rates;  competitive  pressures  from  other  financial  institutions;  the  effects  of  a  deterioration  in  general  economic 
conditions on a national basis or in the local markets in which the Company operates, including changes which adversely 
affect borrowers' ability to service and repay our loans; changes in loan defaults and charge-off rates; changes in the value of 
securities and other assets, adequacy of loan loss reserves, or deposit levels necessitating increased borrowing to fund loans 
and investments; changes in government regulation; the risk that we may not be successful in the implementation of our 
business strategy; the risk that intangibles recorded in the Company's financial statements will become impaired; and changes 
in assumptions used in making such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date 
of this report and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any of these forward-looking statements 
to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this report.  

ii 

 
  
  
Item 1. 

Business 

Overview  

PART I  

Northeast  Bancorp,  incorporated  under  Maine  law  in  1987,  is  a  bank  holding  company,  registered  with  the  Board  of 
Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (the  "Federal  Reserve")  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as 
amended. The Company's primary subsidiary and principal asset is its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Northeast Bank 
(the "Bank" or "Northeast Bank"), a Maine state-chartered bank originally organized in 1872.  

On December 29, 2010, the merger of the Company and FHB Formation LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("FHB"), 
was consummated. In connection with the transaction, as part of the regulatory approval process, the Company and the Bank 
made certain commitments to the Federal Reserve, the most significant of which are (i) to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 
at least 10%, (ii) to maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, (iii) to limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans, (iv) to 
fund  100%  of  the  Company's  loans  with  core  deposits  (defined  as  non-maturity  deposits  and  non-brokered  insured  time 
deposits), and (v) to hold commercial real estate loans (including owner-occupied commercial real estate) to within 300% of 
total capital. On June 28, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved the amendment of the commitment to hold commercial real 
estate loans to within 300% of total capital to exclude owner-occupied commercial real estate loans. All other commitments 
made to the Federal Reserve in connection with the merger remain unchanged. The Company and the Bank are currently in 
compliance with all commitments to the Federal Reserve.  

As of June 30, 2016, the Company, on a consolidated basis, had total assets of $986.2 million, total deposits of $800.4 million, 
and shareholders' equity of $116.6 million. We gather retail deposits through the Community Banking Division's ten full-
service  branches  in  Maine  and  through  its  online deposit program,  ableBanking; originate  loans  through  the  Community 
Banking Division; purchase and originate commercial loans on a nationwide basis through the Bank’s Loan Acquisition and 
Servicing Group ("LASG"); and originate Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans on a nationwide basis through the 
Bank’s national SBA group ("SBA Division").  

Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  references  herein  to  the  Company  include  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary  on  a 
consolidated basis.  

Strategy  

The  Company's  goal  is  to  prudently  grow  its  franchise,  while  maintaining  sound  operations  and  risk  management,  by 
implementing the following strategies:  

Continuing our community banking tradition. With a history that dates to 1872, our Community Banking Division maintains 
its focus on sales and service, with the goal of attracting and retaining deposits, and serving the lending needs of retail and 
commercial customers within our core markets. 

Growing LASG’s national originated and purchased loan business. We purchase commercial real estate loans nationally, at 
prices that on average have produced yields significantly higher than those available on our originated loan portfolio. We 
also originate loans nationally, taking advantage of our core expertise in underwriting and servicing national credits. 

Growing our national SBA origination business. We originate loans on a national basis to small businesses, primarily through 
the SBA 7(a) program, which provides the partial guarantee of the SBA.  

Generating deposits to fund our business. We offer a full line of deposit products through our ten-branch network located in 
the Community Banking Division’s market. ableBanking is a direct savings platform providing an additional channel to raise 
core deposits to fund our asset strategy. 

Market Area and Competition  

The  Community  Banking  Division’s  market  area  includes  the  six  New  England  states,  with  the  majority  of  its  activities 
centered in the western and central regions of the State of Maine. We encounter significant competition in the Community 
Banking Division market area in originating loans, attracting deposits, and selling other customer products and services. Our 
competitors  include  savings  banks,  commercial  banks,  credit  unions,  mutual  funds,  insurance  companies,  brokerage  and 
investment  banking  companies,  finance  companies,  and  other  financial  intermediaries.  Many  of  our  primary  competitors 
there  have  substantially  greater  resources,  larger  established  customer  bases,  higher  lending  limits,  extensive  branch 

1 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
networks,  numerous  ATMs and  greater  advertising  and  marketing  budgets.  They  may  also  offer  services  that  we  do  not 
currently provide. ableBanking has nationwide scope in its deposit gathering activities and competes with banks and credit 
unions, as well as other, larger, online direct banks having a national reach. 

The LASG, the SBA Division and ableBanking activities are nationwide. The LASG competes primarily with community 
banks, regional banks and private equity funds operating nationwide in its bid to acquire commercial loans. We believe that 
we  often have  a  competitive  advantage  in bidding  against  private  equity  funds on  performing  loans because  those funds 
generally have higher funding costs and, therefore, higher expectations for return on investment than we do. Furthermore, 
private  equity  funds  typically  do  not  compete  for  small  balance  commercial  loans  and  typically  pursue  larger,  bulk 
transactions. Due to improving credit quality over the past several years and the continued low interest rate environment, the 
supply of loans available for purchase has declined, competition has increased, and spreads have tightened. Despite these 
trends, we believe that the LASG continues to have a competitive advantage in bidding against other banks because we have 
a specialized group with experience in purchasing commercial real estate loans. Additionally, most banks we compete against 
are community banks looking to acquire loans in their market; these banks usually have specific criteria for their acquisition 
activities and do not pursue pools with collateral or geographic diversity.  

The SBA Division competes primarily with community banks, regional banks, national/global banks, and non-bank licensed 
lenders on a nationwide basis. Capitalizing on our LASG origination loan infrastructure, the SBA Division is in a position to 
review  and  act  quickly  on  a  variety  of  lending  opportunities.  Risk  management,  approvals,  underwriting  and  other  due 
diligence  for  these  loans  is  similar  to  that  for  the  LASG  loans.  We  believe  that  the  SBA  Division  has  an  advantage  in 
originating commercial loans because of its ability to utilize in-house staff to quickly and accurately screen loan opportunities 
and accelerate the underwriting process.  

Lending Activities  

General  

We conduct our loan-related activities through three primary channels: the Community Banking Division, the LASG, and 
the SBA Division. The Community Banking Division originates loans directly to consumers and businesses located in its 
market area. The LASG purchases primarily performing commercial real estate loans, on a nationwide basis, typically at a 
discount from their outstanding principal balances, producing yields higher than those normally achieved on the Company's 
originated  loan  portfolio.  The  LASG  also  originates  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  and  industrial  loans  on  a 
nationwide basis. The SBA Division originates loans to small businesses, primarily through the SBA 7(a) program, which 
provides  the partial  guarantee of  the  SBA. At  June 30,  2016,  our  total  loan portfolio  (excluding  loans held  for sale) was 
$692.4 million, of which $203.4 million, or 29.4%, was originated by the Community Banking Division, $462.6 million, or 
66.8%, was purchased or originated by the LASG and $26.4 million, or 3.8%, was originated by the SBA Division. 

2 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our portfolio loan purchases and originations for the periods 
indicated (including loans held for sale): 

Loans, including loans held for sale, beginning of year ..................................  $
Additions: 

LASG Purchases and Originations: 

Originations ..............................................................................................   
Purchases ..................................................................................................   
Subtotal .................................................................................................   
SBA Division Originations ..........................................................................   
Community Bank Originations: 

Residential mortgages held for sale .........................................................   
Residential mortgage held to maturity .....................................................   
Home equity .............................................................................................   
Commercial real estate .............................................................................   
Commercial and industrial .......................................................................   
Consumer .................................................................................................   
Subtotal .................................................................................................   
Total originations and purchases .................................................................   

Reductions: 

Sales of residential loans held for sale .........................................................   
Sales of portfolio loans ................................................................................   
Charge-offs ..................................................................................................   
Pay-downs and amortization, net .................................................................   
Total reductions ...........................................................................................   
Loans, including loans held for sale, end of year ............................................  $
Annual percentage increase in loans ...............................................................   

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

621,172   

  $ 

528,361  

110,578   
99,999   
210,577   
54,469   

90,011   
3,828   
765   
15,029   
6,973   
185   
116,791   
381,837   

(89,901 )      
(39,081 )      
(1,265 )      
(172,807 )      
(303,054 )      
  $ 
699,955   
12.68 %     

130,502  
82,654  
213,156  
34,544  

97,438  
7,857   
1,024  
13,580  
6,317  
211  
126,427  
374,127  

(106,045) 
(22,351) 
(238) 
(152,682) 
(281,316) 
621,172  
17.57%

We  individually  underwrite  all  loans  that  we  originate  and  purchase.  Our  loan  underwriting  policies  are  reviewed  and 
approved  annually  by  our  Board  of  Directors.  Each  loan,  regardless  of  whether  it  is  originated  or  purchased,  must  meet 
underwriting criteria set forth in our lending policies and the requirements of applicable federal and state regulations. All 
loans are subject to approval procedures and amount limitations, and the Board approves loan relationships exceeding certain 
prescribed dollar limits. Our policies are reviewed and approved at least annually by our Board of Directors. We supplement 
our own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic loan audits by internal personnel and outside 
professionals experienced in loan review. As of June 30, 2016, the Bank’s legal lending limit was $24.0 million. 

We typically retain servicing rights for all loans that we originate or purchase, except for residential loans that we originate 
and sell servicing released in the secondary market.  

Community Banking Division Originations 

Loan Portfolio. The Community Banking Division’s loan portfolio consists primarily of loans to businesses and consumers 
in the Community Banking Division's market area.  

(cid:2)  Residential  Mortgage  Loans.  We  originate  residential  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-  to  four-family  properties 
throughout Maine, southern New Hampshire, and Massachusetts. Such loans may be originated for sale in the secondary
market or to be held on the Bank's balance sheet. We also offer home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, which
are secured by first or second mortgages on one- to four-family owner-occupied properties and which are held on our 
balance  sheet.  At  June 30,  2016,  portfolio  residential  loans  totaled  $111.3 million,  or  16.1%  of  total  loans.  Of  the 
residential  loans  we  held  for  investment  at  June 30,  2016,  approximately  51.6%  were  adjustable  rate.  Included  in
residential  loans  are  home  equity  lines  of  credit  and  other  second  mortgage  loans  aggregating  approximately 
$18.0 million.  

3 

 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
     
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
  
      
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
(cid:2)  Commercial Real Estate Loans. We originate multi-family and other commercial real estate loans secured by property
located primarily  in  the  Community  Banking Division's  market  area. At June 30, 2016,  commercial  real  estate  loans 
outstanding were $70.1 million, or 10.1% of total loans. Although the largest commercial real estate loan originated by
the  Community  Banking  Division  had  a  principal  balance  of  $4.1 million  at  June 30,  2016,  the  majority  of  the 
commercial  real  estate  loans  originated  by  the  Community  Banking  Division  had  principal  balances  less  than 
$500 thousand.  

(cid:2)  Commercial and industrial Loans. We originate commercial and industrial loans, including term loans, lines of credit
and equipment and receivables financing to businesses located primarily in the Community Banking Division's market
area.  At  June 30,  2016,  commercial  and  industrial  loans  outstanding  were  $16.1 million,  or  2.3%  of  total  loans.  At 
June 30,  2016,  there  were  112  commercial  and  industrial  loans  outstanding  with  an  average  principal  balance  of
$143 thousand. The largest of these commercial and industrial loans had a principal balance of $2.3 million at June 30, 
2016.  

(cid:2)  Consumer Loans. We originate, on a direct basis, automobile, boat and recreational vehicle loans. At June 30, 2016, 

consumer loans outstanding were $6.0 million, or 0.9% of total loans.  

Underwriting of Loans. Most residential loans, including those held for investment, are originated in accordance with the 
standards of the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal Housing 
Authority,  or  other  third  party  correspondent  lenders.  Our  underwriting  process  for  all  other  loans  originated  by  the 
Community Banking Division is as follows: 

(cid:2)  Most of our Community Bank originated loans are sourced through relationships between loan officers and third party 

referral sources or current or previous customers.  

(cid:2)  After a loan officer has taken basic information from the borrower, the request is submitted to the Community Banking
Division's loan production department. The loan production department  obtains comprehensive information from the 
borrower and third parties, and conducts verification and analysis of the borrower information, which is assembled into
a single underwriting package that is submitted for final approval. 

LASG Purchases and Originations 

General. Of the loans originated or purchased by the LASG that were outstanding as of June 30, 2016, $336.4 million, or 
72.7%, consisted of commercial real estate loans. The following table summarizes the LASG loan portfolio as of June 30, 
2016: 

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate ...................   $
Owner occupied commercial real estate ...........................    
Commercial and industrial ...............................................    
1-4 family residential .......................................................    
Total .................................................................................   $

142,286    $
94,666     
198     
2,559     
239,709    $

52,744     $ 
46,727       
123,447       
-       
222,918     $ 

195,030 
141,393 
123,645 
2,559 
462,627 

Purchased 

Originated 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Since  the  inception  of  the  LASG  through  June  30,  2016,  we  have  purchased  loans  for  an  aggregate  investment  of  $486 
million, of which $100.0 million was purchased during fiscal 2016. We have also originated loans totaling $346 million, of 
which $110.6 million was originated in fiscal 2016. As of June 30, 2016, the unpaid principal balance of loans purchased or 
originated by the LASG ranged from $1 thousand to $12.0 million and, excluding secured loans to broker-dealers, have an 
average balance of $756 thousand. Included in the balance are non-real estate secured loans to broker-dealers, which have 
balances of $12.0 million each. The real estate loans were secured principally by retail, industrial, hospitality, multi-family 
and office properties in 36 states.  

4 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
The following table shows the LASG loan portfolio stratified by book value as of June 30, 2016, excluding deferred fees and 
costs: 

Range 

Amount 

Percent of Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$0 - $500 ........................................................................................   $
$500 - $1,000 .................................................................................    
$1,000 - $2,000 ..............................................................................    
$2,000 - $3,000 ..............................................................................    
$3,000 - $4,000 ..............................................................................    
Greater than $4,000 ........................................................................    
  $

58,644      
74,481      
105,202      
54,915      
37,313      
131,487      
462,042      

12.69%
16.12%
22.77%
11.89%
8.08%
28.45%
100.00%

The following tables show the LASG loan portfolio by location and type of collateral as of June 30, 2016, excluding deferred 
fees and costs: 

Collateral Type 

Multifamily ..........    $ 
Office ...................      
Hospitality ............      
Retail ....................      
Industrial ..............      
Securities ..............      
Other real estate ....      
All other ...............      
    $ 

     Percent of Total       State 

Amount 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

     Percent of Total   

Amount 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

42,881      
37,809      
67,450      
70,266      
67,970      
54,346      
37,084      
84,236      
462,042      

9.28%   CA .....................   $
8.18%   NY .....................    
14.60%   NJ ......................    
15.21%   FL ......................    
14.71%   AZ .....................    
11.76%  
IL .......................    
8.03%   TX .....................    
18.23%   Non-real estate ..    
100.00%   All other ............    
  $

65,591      
69,300      
32,586      
14,958      
17,858      
14,461      
19,349      
74,164      
153,775      
462,042      

14.20%
15.00%
7.05%
3.24%
3.86%
3.13%
4.19%
16.05%
33.28%
100.00%

Loan  Purchase  Strategies.  The  LASG's  loan  purchasing  strategy  involves  the  acquisition  of  commercial  loans,  typically 
secured by real estate or other business assets located throughout the United States.  

We  acquire  commercial  loans  typically  at  a  discount  to  their  unpaid  principal  balances.  While  we  acquire  loans  on  a 
nationwide basis, we seek to avoid significant concentration in any geographic region or in any one collateral type. We do 
not seek acquisition opportunities for which the primary collateral is land, construction, or one- to four-family residential 
property, although in a very limited number of cases, loans secured by such collateral may be included in a pool of otherwise 
desirable loans. Purchased loans are sourced on a nationwide basis from banks, insurance companies, investment funds and 
government agencies, either directly or indirectly through advisors. 

We focus on servicing released, whole loan or lead participation transactions so that we can control the management of the 
portfolio through our experienced asset management professionals. Purchased loans can be acquired as a single relationship 
or combined with other borrowers in a larger pool. Loans are bid to a minimal acceptable yield to maturity based on the 
overall risk of the loan, including expected repayment terms and the underlying collateral value. Updated loan-to-value ratios 
and loan terms both influence the amount of discount the Bank requires in determining whether a loan meets the Bank's 
guidelines. We often achieve actual results in excess of our minimal acceptable yield to maturity when a loan is prepaid.  

At June 30, 2016, purchased loans had an unpaid principal balance of $271.3 million and a book value of $239.7 million, 
representing discount across the portfolio of 11.6%.  

5 

 
  
 
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
     
  
 
    
  
  
  
  
      
       
      
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table shows the purchased loan portfolio as of June 30, 2016 by original purchase price percentage:  

Initial Investment as a % of 
Unpaid Principal Balance  

Amount 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Percent of Total 

0% - 60% .................................................................................................   $
60% - 70% ...............................................................................................    
70% - 80% ...............................................................................................    
80% - 90% ...............................................................................................    
>90% .......................................................................................................    
  $

4,355      
4,065      
21,412      
62,959      
146,918      
239,709      

1.82%
1.70%
8.93%
26.26%
61.29%
100.00%

Secondary Market for Commercial Loans. Commercial whole loans are typically sold either directly by sellers or through 
loan sale advisors. Because a central database for commercial whole loan transactions does not exist, we attempt to compile 
our own statistics by both polling major loan sale advisors to obtain their aggregate trading volume and tracking the deal flow 
that we see directly via a proprietary database. This data reflects only a portion of the total market, as commercial whole 
loans that are sold in private direct sales or through other loan sale advisors are not included in our surveys. In recent years, 
the ratio of performing loans to total loans in the market has increased, in part, because sellers have worked through their 
most  troubled,  non-performing  loans  or  are  looking  to  minimize  the  discount  they  would  receive  in  a  secondary  market 
transaction. While the 2008-2010 economic crisis led to a high level of trading volume, we also expect the market to remain 
active  in  times  of  economic  prosperity,  as  sellers  tend  to  have  additional  reserve  capacity  to  sell  their  unwanted  assets. 
Furthermore, we believe that the continued consolidation of the banking industry will create secondary market activity as 
acquirers often sell non-strategic borrowing relationships or assets that create excess loan concentrations.  

Underwriting of Purchased Loans. We review many loan purchase opportunities and commence underwriting on a relatively 
small  percentage  of  them.  During  fiscal  2016,  we  reviewed  approximately  105  transactions  representing  loans  with 
$799.8 million  in  unpaid  principal  balance.  Of  those  transactions  that  we  reviewed,  we  placed  bids  in  61  transactions 
representing  loans  with  $255.7 million  in  unpaid  principal  balance.  Ultimately,  we  closed  35  transactions  in  which  we 
acquired $108.7 million in unpaid principal balance for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million, or 92.0% of the unpaid 
principal balance.  

Purchased loans are underwritten by a team of in-house, seasoned analysts before being considered for approval. Prior to 
commencing  underwriting,  loans  are  analyzed  for  performance  characteristics,  loan  terms,  collateral  quality,  and  price 
expectations. We also consider whether the loans would make our total purchased loan portfolio more or less diverse with 
respect to geography, loan type and collateral type. The opportunity is underwritten once it has been identified as fitting our 
investment parameters. While the extent of underwriting may vary based on investment size, procedures generally include 
the following: 

(cid:2)  A loan analyst reviews and analyzes the seller credit file and our own internal and third party research in order to

assess credit risk.  

(cid:2)  With the assistance of local counsel, where appropriate, an in-house attorney makes a determination regarding the 

quality of loan documentation and enforceability of loan terms.  

(cid:2)  An  in-house  real  estate  specialist  performs  real  estate  collateral  evaluations,  which  includes  conducting  original 
market research for trends and sale and lease comparables, and develops a valuation based on current data reflecting
what we believe are recent trends.  

(cid:2)  An environmental assessment is performed on real estate collateral where appropriate.  

(cid:2)  A  property  inspection  is  generally  performed  on  all  real  estate  collateral  securing  a  loan,  focusing  on  several
characteristics,  including,  among  other  things,  the  physical  quality  of  the  property,  current  occupancy,  general
quality and occupancy within the neighborhood, market position and nearby property listings.  

(cid:2)  An underwriting package containing the analysis and results is reviewed and submitted for approval by the LASG

Credit Committee.  

6 

 
  
      
        
  
 
    
  
  
   
      
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Collateral Valuation. The estimated value of the real property collateralizing the loan is determined by the LASG's in-house 
real estate group, which considers, among other factors, the type of property, its condition, location and its highest and best 
use in its marketplace. An inspection is conducted for the real property securing all loans bid upon. For loans that exceed a 
certain  dollar  threshold  as  prescribed  in  our  credit  policy,  members  of  the  LASG  typically  conduct  an  in-person  site 
inspection.  

We generally view cash flow from operations as the primary source of repayment on purchased loans. The LASG analyzes 
the current and likely future cash flows generated by the collateral to repay the loan. Also considered are minimum debt 
service coverage ratios, consisting of the ratio of net operating income to total principal and interest payments. Consideration 
of  the  debt  service  coverage  ratio  is  critical  to  the  pricing  and  rating  of  purchased  and  originated  loans,  and  is  analyzed 
carefully.  For  purchased  loans,  care  is  taken  to  ensure  that,  unless  significantly  offset  by  other  factors  in  the  credit,  the 
purchase price results in an adjusted debt service coverage ratio that is within the Bank’s lending limits. Moreover, if the debt 
service coverage ratio based on the contractual payments, regardless of the Bank’s exposure, is significantly below 1.0x, then 
steps are taken to document alternative sources of repayment or develop a realistic plan to ensure continued performance of 
the loan.  

Loan Pricing. In determining the amount that we are willing to bid to acquire individual loans or loan pools, the LASG 
considers the following: 

(cid:2)  Collateral securing the loan;  

(cid:2)  Geographic location;  

(cid:2)  Financial resources of the borrower or guarantors, if any;  

(cid:2)  Recourse nature of the loan;  

(cid:2)  Age and performance of the loan;  

(cid:2)  Length of time during which the loan has performed in accordance with its repayment term;  

(cid:2)  Yield expected to be earned; and  

(cid:2)  Servicing restrictions, if any.  

In addition to the factors listed above and despite the fact that purchased loans are typically performing loans, the LASG also 
estimates the amount that we may realize through collection efforts or foreclosure and sale of the collateral, net of expenses, 
and the length of time and costs required to complete the collection or foreclosure process in the event a loan becomes non-
performing or is non-performing at the time of purchase.  

Loan  Originations.  In  addition  to  purchasing  loans,  the  LASG  also  originates  commercial  loans  on  a  nationwide  basis. 
Capitalizing on our purchased loan infrastructure, the LASG is in a position to review and act quickly on a variety of lending 
opportunities.  Risk  management,  approvals,  underwriting  and  other  due  diligence  for  these  loans  is  similar  to  that  for 
purchased  loans,  other  than  the  appraisal  and  documentation  process,  which  mirrors  the  Community  Banking  Division’s 
practice of employing local attorneys and real estate appraisers to assist in the process. We believe that the LASG has an 
advantage in originating commercial loans because of its ability to utilize in-house staff to quickly and accurately screen loan 
opportunities and accelerate the underwriting process. 

Loan Servicing. We conduct all loan servicing for purchased and originated loans with an in-house team of experienced asset 
managers who actively manage the loan portfolio. Asset managers initiate and maintain regular borrower contact, and ensure 
that the loan credit analysis is accurate. Collateral valuations, property inspections, and other collateral characteristics are 
updated periodically as a result of our ongoing in-house real estate analysis. All asset management activity and analysis is 
contained within a central database.  

SBA Division 

General. The SBA Division, launched in November 2014, originates loans to small businesses nationwide, most often through 
the SBA's 7(a) program, which provides a partial government guarantee. Our loans are typically secured by liens on business 
assets and mortgages on commercial properties, and also benefit from SBA guarantees. We seek to build a loan portfolio that 
is diverse with respect to geography, loan type and collateral type. 

7 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The following table summarizes the SBA Division loan portfolio as of June 30, 2016: 

SBA Division 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate ........................................................................................    $ 
Owner occupied commercial real estate ................................................................................................      
Commercial and industrial ....................................................................................................................      
1-4 family residential ............................................................................................................................      
Total ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

5,639 
14,414 
6,242 
133 
26,428 

The Company's SBA loan portfolio includes owner and non-owner occupied loans as defined under regulatory call report 
instructions. The regulatory call report instructions primarily consider the primary source of repayment on the loan for this 
determination. However, these loans meet the SBA requirements to be considered owner occupied as the owner or controlling 
entity are actively involved in the daily operations of the underlying core business. 

In addition to the loans held in the SBA Division loan portfolio, as of June 30, 2016, $1.1 million in the loans held for sale 
portfolio were attributable to the SBA Division, consisting of the guaranteed portion of the SBA Division loans that we expect 
to sell in the secondary market.  

Secondary  Market  for  SBA  Guarantees.  We  typically  sell  the  SBA-guaranteed  portion  of  our  variable-rate  originations 
(generally 75% of the principal balance) at a premium in the secondary market. We generally retain a 25% unguaranteed 
interest and the accompanying servicing rights to the entire loan. We hold most fixed-rate SBA loan originations in portfolio.  

Underwriting  of  SBA  Division  Loans.  Our  loan  policies  and  procedures  establish  guidelines  governing  our  SBA  lending 
program.  Generally,  these guidelines  address  the  types  of loans  that we seek,  target  markets,  underwriting  and  collateral 
requirements, terms, interest rate and yield considerations and compliance with laws and regulations. All loans or credit lines 
are subject to approval procedures and amount limitations. Our policies are reviewed and approved at least annually by our 
Board of Directors to ensure that we are following SBA underwriting guidelines.  

Loan Servicing. We conduct all loan servicing for SBA Division loans with an in-house team of experienced asset managers 
who actively manage the loan portfolio. Asset managers initiate and maintain regular borrower contact, and ensure that the 
loan credit analysis is accurate. Collateral valuations, property inspections, and other collateral characteristics are updated 
periodically as a result of our ongoing in-house real estate analysis. All asset management activity and analysis is contained 
within a central database.  

Investment Activities  

Our  securities  portfolio  and  short-term  investments  provide  and  maintain  liquidity,  assist  in  managing  the  interest  rate 
sensitivity of our balance sheet, and serve as collateral for certain of our obligations. Individual investment decisions are 
made based on the credit quality of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency 
with our asset/liability management objectives.  

Sources of Funds  

Deposits have traditionally been the primary source of the Bank's funds for lending and other investment purposes. In addition 
to deposits, the Bank obtains funds from the amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, the sale, 
call or maturity of investment securities, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the "FHLBB"), other term 
borrowings and cash flows generated by operations.  

Deposits  

We offer a full line of deposit products to customers in western and south-central Maine through our ten-branch network. 
Our  deposit  products  consist  of  demand  deposit,  NOW,  money  market,  savings  and  certificate  of  deposit  accounts.  Our 
customers  access  their  funds  through  ATMs,  MasterCard®  Debit  Cards,  Automated  Clearing  House  funds  (electronic 
transfers) and checks. We also offer telephone banking, online banking and bill payment, mobile banking and remote deposit 
capture services. Interest rates on our deposits are based upon factors that include prevailing loan demand, deposit maturities,  

8 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
alternative costs of funds, interest rates offered by competing financial institutions and other financial service firms, and 
general economic conditions. At June 30, 2016, we had core deposits of $800.4 million, representing 100% of total deposits. 
We define core deposits as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits.  

Our online deposit program, ableBanking, provides an additional channel through which to obtain core deposits to support 
our growth. ableBanking, which was launched in late fiscal 2012 as a division of Northeast Bank, had $142.6 million in 
money market and time deposits as of June 30, 2016. We also use deposit listing services to gather deposits from time to 
time, in support of our liquidity and asset/liability management objectives. At June 30, 2016, listing service deposits totaled 
$196.6 million, bearing a weighted average remaining term of 0.81 years.  

Borrowings  

While we currently consider core deposits (defined as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits) as our 
primary source of funding to support asset growth, advances from the FHLBB and other sources of wholesale funding remain 
an important part of our liquidity contingency planning. Northeast Bank may borrow up to 50% of its total assets from the 
FHLBB, and borrowings are typically collateralized by mortgage loans and securities pledged to the FHLBB. At June 30, 
2016, we had $16.8 million of available borrowing capacity based on collateral. Northeast Bank can also borrow from the 
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, with any such borrowing collateralized by consumer loans pledged to the Federal Reserve.  

For the foreseeable future, we expect to rely less on borrowings than other banks of similar size, because of our regulatory 
commitment to fund 100% of our loans with core deposits, although the availability of FHLBB and Federal Reserve Bank of 
Boston advances and other sources of wholesale funding remain an important part of our liquidity contingency planning.  

Employees  

As of June 30, 2016, the Company employed 183 full-time and 20 part-time employees. The Company's employees are not 
represented by any collective bargaining unit. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.  

Other Subsidiaries  

As of June 30, 2016, the Bank had five wholly-owned non-bank subsidiaries: 

(cid:2)  Northeast Bank Insurance Group, Inc. ("NBIG"). The insurance agency assets of NBIG were sold on September 1, 

2011. The entity currently holds the real estate formerly used in its insurance agency business.  

(cid:2)  200 Elm Realty, LLC, which was established to hold commercial real estate acquired as a result of loan workouts. 

(cid:2)  500 Pine Realty, LLC, which was established to hold residential real estate acquired as a result of loan workouts.  

(cid:2)  17  Dogwood  Realty, LLC,  which  was  established  to  hold  commercial  real  estate  acquired  as  a  result  of  loan

workouts.  

(cid:2)  Portland, Inc., which was established to employ a business development officer to solicit SBA loans in New Jersey.

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, ASI Data Services, Inc. ("ASI"), is an inactive corporate subsidiary. ASI initially 
provided  data  processing  services  to  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries.  The  Company's  Board  transferred  the  assets  and 
operations of ASI to the Bank in 1996.  

Supervision and Regulation  

General  

As  a  bank  holding  company  registered  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as  amended  (the  "BHCA"),  the 
Company  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  Federal  Reserve.  As  a  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation 
("FDIC") insured Maine-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Maine Bureau of Financial 
Institutions (the "Bureau") and the FDIC. This regulatory framework is intended to protect depositors, the federal deposit 
insurance fund, consumers and the banking system as a whole, and not necessarily investors in the Company. The following 
discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, policies and guidelines described 
below.  

9 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Bank Holding Company Regulation  

Unless a bank holding company becomes a financial holding company under the BHCA, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-
Bliley Act ("GLBA") as discussed below, the BHCA generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging directly or 
indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary 
banks or other activities permitted under the BHCA and from acquiring a direct or indirect interest in or control of more than 
5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank or a bank holding company. However, subject to complying with 
applicable prior notice or approval requirements under the BHCA, a bank holding company may engage in, and may own 
shares of companies engaged in certain activities, that the Federal Reserve had determined as of November 11, 1999 to be so 
closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks so as to be incident thereto. The BHCA requires every bank 
holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it may merge with another bank holding company, 
acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of a bank or 
bank holding company, if, after such acquisition, it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any class 
of voting securities of such bank or bank holding company.  

GLBA amended the BHCA to permit bank holding companies that qualify, and have elected to be treated as financial holding 
companies, to engage in financial activities and acquire interests in companies engaged in financial activities. “Financial 
activities” is broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance and securities underwriting activities, but also merchant 
banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to 
be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to 
the  safety  and  soundness  of  depository  institutions  or  the  financial  system  generally.  Under  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street 
Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  "Dodd-Frank  Act"),  however,  a  bank  holding  company  and  its  affiliates  are 
prohibited from engaging in proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, 
except as permitted under certain limited circumstances. In order to engage in financial activities under GLBA, a bank holding 
company must qualify as and make an effective election to be a "financial holding company." To qualify as a financial holding 
company, a bank holding company and each of its depository institution subsidiaries must be "well capitalized" and "well 
managed." A financial holding company may not commence any additional financial activity not permissible for all bank 
holding  companies  or  acquire  a  company  engaged  in  any  financial  activity  that  is  not  permissible  for  all  bank  holding 
companies if any depository institution subsidiary of the company has received on its most recent examination under the 
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 ("CRA") a rating less than "satisfactory." A bank holding company that elects to be 
treated as a financial holding company may face significant consequences if it or any of its insured depository institution 
subsidiaries fail to maintain the required capital and management qualifications, including entering into an agreement with 
the Federal Reserve which imposes limitations on its operations and may even require divestitures. Although the Company 
believes that it meets the qualifications to become a financial holding company under GLBA, it has not elected "financial 
holding company" status, but rather to retain its pre-GLBA bank holding company regulatory status for the present time.  

The Company is required by the BHCA to file an annual report and additional reports required with the Federal Reserve. The 
Federal Reserve also makes periodic inspections of the Company and its subsidiaries.  

Dividend Restrictions  

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The revenue of the Company (on a parent company only 
basis) is derived primarily from interest and dividends from the Bank. The right of the Company, and consequently the right 
of shareholders of the Company, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank through the payment 
of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors), except 
to the extent that certain claims of the Company in a creditor capacity may be recognized.  

It is the policy of the Federal Reserve that a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends 
if the organization’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, 
the prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall 
financial condition, or the bank holding company will not meet or is in danger of not meeting its minimum regulatory capital 
adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve has the authority to prohibit a bank holding company, such as the Company, from 
paying dividends if it deems such payment to be an unsafe or unsound practice.  

The FDIC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the 
payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Federal law also prohibits the payment of dividends 
by a bank that will result in the bank failing to meet its applicable capital requirements on a pro forma basis. Maine law 
requires the approval of the Bureau for any dividend that would reduce a bank's capital below prescribed limits.  

10 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Source of Strength  

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is required to serve as a source of financial strength for the Bank in the event of 
the financial distress of the Bank. This provision codifies the longstanding policy of the Federal Reserve. In addition, any 
capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its bank subsidiaries are subordinate to the payment of deposits and to 
certain  other  indebtedness.  In  the  event  of  a  bank  holding  company's  bankruptcy,  any  commitment  by  the  bank  holding 
company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy 
trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.  

Certain Transactions by Bank Holding Companies with their Affiliates  

There are various statutory restrictions on the extent to which bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries may 
borrow, obtain credit from or otherwise engage in "covered transactions" with their insured depository institution subsidiaries. 
In general, an “affiliate” of an insured depository institution includes the depository institution’s parent holding company and 
any subsidiary of the parent holding company. However, an “affiliate” does not generally include an operating subsidiary of 
an insured depository institution. The Dodd-Frank Act amended the definition of affiliate to include any investment fund for 
which the depository institution or one of its affiliates is an investment adviser. An insured depository institution (and its 
subsidiaries) may not lend money to, or engage in other covered transactions with, its non-depository institution affiliates if 
the  aggregate amount  of  covered  transactions  outstanding  involving  the bank, plus  the proposed  transaction,  exceeds  the 
following  limits:  (a) in  the  case  of  any  one  such  affiliate,  the  aggregate  amount  of  covered  transactions  of  the  insured 
depository  institution  and  its  subsidiaries  cannot  exceed  10%  of  the  capital  stock  and  surplus  of  the  insured  depository 
institution;  and  (b) in  the  case  of  all  affiliates,  the  aggregate  amount  of  covered  transactions  of  the  insured  depository 
institution and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 20% of the capital stock and surplus of the insured depository institution. For 
this purpose, "covered transactions" are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, a purchase 
of or investment in securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued 
by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance 
or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate, securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate that creates a credit 
exposure to such affiliate, or a derivatives transaction with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate. Certain 
covered  transactions  are  also  subject  to  collateral  security  requirements.  Covered  transactions  as  well  as  other  types  of 
transactions between a bank and a bank holding company must be on market terms, which means that the transaction must 
be conducted on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those 
prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable  transactions  with  or  involving  nonaffiliates  or,  in  the  absence  of  comparable 
transactions,  that  in  good  faith  would  be  offered  to  or  would  apply  to  nonaffiliates.  Moreover,  Section 106  of  the  Bank 
Holding  Company  Act  Amendments  of  1970  provides  that,  to  further  competition,  a  bank  holding  company  and  its 
subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or 
sale of property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.  

Regulation of the Bank  

As a Maine-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to the supervision of and regulation by the Bureau and the FDIC, as the 
Bank's insurer of deposits. This supervision and regulation is for the protection of depositors, the FDIC's Deposit Insurance 
Fund ("DIF"), and consumers, and is not for the protection of the Company's shareholders. The prior approval of the Bureau 
and the FDIC is required, among other things, for the Bank to establish or relocate a branch office, assume deposits, or engage 
in any merger, consolidation, purchase or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any bank. The Federal Reserve may 
directly examine the subsidiaries of the Company, including the Bank. However, the BHCA requires that the Federal Reserve 
provide notice to and consult with the federal bank supervisory agencies and other functional regulatory agencies before 
commencing  an  examination  of  a  depository  institution  or  a  functionally  regulated  subsidiary  and,  to  the  fullest  extent 
possible, avoid duplication of examination activities, reporting requirements and requests for information. 

Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness  

Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has issued risk-based and leverage capital rules applicable to bank 
holding companies such as the Company, and the FDIC has issued similar rules that apply to insured state nonmember banks, 
such as the Bank. These guidelines are intended to reflect the relationship between the banking organization's capital and the 
degree of risk associated with its operations based on transactions recorded on-balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet 
items. The FRB and the FDIC may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum 
levels discussed below, due to the banking organization's financial condition or actual or anticipated growth.  

11 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The capital adequacy rules define qualifying capital instruments and specify minimum amounts of capital as a percentage of 
assets  that  banking  organizations  are  required  to  maintain.  Common  equity  Tier 1  capital  for  banks  and  bank  holding 
companies consists of common shareholders’ equity and related surplus. Tier 1 capital for banks and bank holding companies 
generally consists of the sum of common shareholders' equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and related surplus 
and,  in  certain  cases  and  subject  to  limitations,  minority  interest  in  consolidated  subsidiaries,  less  goodwill,  other  non-
qualifying  intangible  assets  and  certain  other  deductions.  Tier 2  capital  generally  consists  of  hybrid  capital  instruments, 
perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, cumulative perpetual preferred stock, term subordinated debt and 
intermediate-term preferred stock, and, subject to limitations, allowances for loan losses. The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital 
less certain required deductions represents qualifying total capital.  

Prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies were permitted to include 
trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock in Tier 1 capital, subject to limitations. However, the FRB's 
capital  rule  applicable  to  bank  holding  companies  permanently  grandfathers  nonqualifying  capital  instruments,  including 
trust preferred securities, issued before May 19, 2010 by depository institution holding companies with less than $15 billion 
in total assets as of December 31, 2009, subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital. In addition, under rules that became 
effective January 1, 2016, accumulated other comprehensive income (positive or negative) must be reflected in Tier 1 capital; 
however,  the Company  was  permitted  to make  a  one-time,  permanent  election  to  continue to  exclude  accumulated other 
comprehensive income from capital. In March 2016, the Company made a one time, permanent election to continue to exclude 
accumulated other comprehensive income from capital.  

Under  the  capital  rules,  risk-based  capital  ratios  are  calculated  by dividing  Tier 1  and total  capital,  respectively, by  risk-
weighted assets. Assets and off-balance sheet credit equivalents are assigned to one of several risk-weight categories, based 
primarily on relative risk. The rules require banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 
capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%, a total capital ratio of 8% and a leverage ratio of 4%. Additionally, 
subject to a transition schedule, the capital rules require a bank holding company to establish a capital conservation buffer of 
Tier 1 capital in an amount above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for "adequately capitalized" institutions equal 
to 2.5% of total risk weighted assets, or face restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to 
engage in share repurchases.  

Under rules effective January 1, 2015, a bank holding company, such as the Company, is considered "well capitalized" if the 
bank holding company (i) has a total capital ratio of at least 10%, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and 
(iii) is not subject to any written agreement order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain 
a specific capital level for any capital measure. In addition, the FDIC has amended its prompt corrective action rules to reflect 
the revisions made by the revised capital rules described above. Under the FDIC's revised rules, which became effective 
January 1, 2015, an insured state nonmember bank is considered "well capitalized" if it (i) has a total capital ratio of 10.0% 
or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) a common Tier 1 equity ratio of 6.5% or greater, (iv) a 
leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt 
corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.  

The Company and the Bank are considered "well capitalized" under all regulatory definitions.  

Generally, a bank, upon being notified that it is not adequately capitalized (i.e., that it is "undercapitalized"), becomes subject 
to the prompt corrective action provisions of Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) that, for example, 
(i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees, (ii) require that the Federal Reserve monitor the condition 
of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital, (iii) require submission  of a capital restoration plan, (iv) restrict the 
growth of  the institution's  assets  and  (v) require  prior  regulatory  approval  of  certain  expansion proposals. A bank that  is 
required to submit a capital restoration plan must concurrently submit a performance guarantee by each company that controls 
the bank. A bank that is "critically undercapitalized" (i.e., has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less 
than  2.0%)  will  be  subject  to  further  restrictions,  and  generally  will  be  placed  in  conservatorship  or  receivership  within 
90 days.  

Deposit Insurance. Deposits in the Bank are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 
Dodd-Frank  Act,  FDIC  deposit  insurance  has  been  permanently  increased  from  $100,000  to  $250,000  per  depositor  for 
deposits maintained by the depositor in the same right and capacity. The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that 
imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's capital level and supervisory rating 
("CAMELS rating"). CAMELS ratings reflect the applicable bank regulatory agency to applicable limits by the DIF and are 
subject  to  deposit,  management,  earnings,  liquidity  and  sensitivity  to  risk.  Assessment  rates  may  also  vary  for  certain 
institutions based on long term debt issuer ratings, secured or brokered deposits. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit 
premiums are based on assets rather than insurable deposits. To determine its actual insurance premiums, the Bank computes  

12 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
the base amount on its average consolidated assets less its average tangible equity (defined as the amount of Tier 1 capital) 
and  its  applicable  assessment  rate.  After  adjustments,  assessment  rates  range  from  2.5  to  9  basis  points  on  the  broader 
assessment base for banks in the lowest risk category up to 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category.  

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to take action to increase the minimum DIF reserve ratio, the ratio of the fund balance 
to estimated insured deposits, from 1.15% to 1.35% by September 30, 2020. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act required that, in 
setting assessments, the FDIC offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio from 1.15% to 1.35% on banks 
with less than $10 billion in assets.  

To satisfy these requirements, on March 15, 2016, the FDIC’s Board of Directors approved a final rule to increase the DIF’s 
reserve ratio to the statutorily required minimum ratio of 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The final rule imposes on large 
banks  a  surcharge  of  4.5  basis  points  of  their  assessment  base,  after  making  certain  adjustments.  Large  banks  will  pay 
quarterly  surcharges  in  addition  to  their  regular  risk-based  assessments.  Overall  regular  risk-based  assessment  rates  will 
decline once the reserve ratio reaches 1.15%. 

If the reserve ratio reaches 1.15% before July 1, 2016, surcharges will begin July 1. If the reserve ratio has not reached 1.15% 
by July 1, 2016, surcharges will begin the first quarter after the reserve ratio reaches 1.15%. The surcharges will continue 
through the quarter in which the reserve ratio first meets or exceeds 1.35%, but not past the fourth quarter of 2018. If the 
reserve ratio has not reached 1.35% by the end of 2018, a shortfall assessment will be imposed on large banks to close the 
gap.  

Small banks will receive credits to offset the portion of their assessments that help to raise the reserve ratio from 1.15% to 
1.35%. After the reserve ratio reaches 1.38%, the FDIC will automatically apply a small bank’s credits to reduce its regular 
assessment up to the entire amount of the assessment.  

In addition, on April 26, 2016, the FDIC’s Board of Directors adopted a final rule that amends the way insurance assessment 
rates are calculated for established small banks, generally those banks with less than $10 billion of assets that have been 
insured  for  at  least  five  years.  The  rule  updates  the  data  and  methodology  that  the  FDIC  uses  to  determine  risk-based 
assessment rates for these institutions with the intent of better reflecting risks and ensuring that banks that take on greater 
risks pay more for deposit insurance than their less risky counterparts. The rule revises the financial ratios method used to 
determine assessment rates for these banks so that it is based on a statistical model that estimates the probability of failure 
over three years. The rule eliminates risk categories for established small banks and uses the financial ratios method for all 
such banks (subject to minimum or maximum assessment rates based on a bank’s CAMELS composite rating). Under the 
small bank pricing rule, beginning the first assessment period after June 30, 2016, where the DIF’s reserve ratio has reached 
1.15%, assessments for established small banks with a CAMELS rating of 1 or 2 will range from 1.5 to 16 basis points, after 
adjustments, while assessment rates for established small institutions with a CAMELS composite rating of 4 or 5 may range 
from 11 to 30 basis points, after adjustments. Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that 
the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or 
has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. 

Safety and Soundness Standard. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations 
or  guidelines,  relating  to  internal  controls,  information  systems  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit 
underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and 
benefits, and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. Guidelines adopted by the 
federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal 
audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth  and  compensation,  fees  and 
benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage 
the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound 
practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services 
performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. In addition, the federal banking agencies 
adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an 
agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so 
notified,  an  institution  fails  to  submit  an  acceptable  compliance  plan  or  fails  in  any  material  respect  to  implement  an 
acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order 
directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the "prompt corrective action" 
provisions of FDIA. See "Regulatory Capital Requirements" above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the 
agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.  

13 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Depositor Preference. The FDIA provides that, in the event of the "liquidation or other resolution" of an insured depository 
institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and 
certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims 
against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will 
have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including depositors whose deposits are payable only 
outside of the United States and the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made 
to such insured depository institution.  

Activities and Investments of Insured State Banks  

The  powers  of  a  Maine-chartered  bank,  such  as  the  Bank,  include  provisions  designed  to  provide  Maine  banks  with 
competitive  equity  to  the  powers of national  banks.  In general,  the  FDIA prohibits  a  state  insured  bank from  directly  or 
indirectly engaging as a principal in any activity that is not permissible for a national bank and from making any equity 
investment of a type that is not permissible for a national bank. However, GLBA amended the FDIA to authorize state banks 
to establish financial subsidiaries that engage in "activities as principal that would only be permissible" for a national bank 
to conduct in a financial subsidiary. This provision permits state banks, to the extent permitted under state law, to engage in 
certain  financial  activities  which  are  permissible  for  subsidiaries  of  a  financial  holding  company.  Because  Maine  law 
explicitly permits banks chartered by the state to engage in all activities permissible for federally-chartered banks, the Bank 
is permitted to form subsidiaries to engage in the activities authorized by GLBA for financial subsidiaries of state banks. In 
order  to  form a  financial  subsidiary,  a state  bank  must  be  well  managed,  the  state  bank  and  all  of  its  insured  depository 
institution affiliates must be well-capitalized, and the state bank must comply with certain capital deduction, risk management 
and affiliate transaction rules. A state bank may not commence new activities that may only be conducted through a financial 
subsidiary or directly or indirectly acquire a company engaged in such activities if the bank or any of its affiliates received a 
CRA rating of less than “satisfactory” in its most recent CRA examination. 

Consumer Protection Regulation  

The Company and the Bank are subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect consumers and prohibit 
unfair or deceptive business practices. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, Home 
Ownership Protection Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 
2003 ("FACT Act"), GLBA, the Truth in Lending Act, CRA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement 
Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act, Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Truth in Savings Act, Secure and Fair 
Enforcement Act, Expedited Funds Availability Act, and various state law counterparts. These laws and regulations mandate 
certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must interact with customers when 
taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans and providing other services. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act established the 
CFPB, which has the responsibility for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to 
financial products and services. The CFPB also has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair or deceptive acts and practices and is 
specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers and draft model disclosure forms. Failure to comply with 
consumer protection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. 
The FDIC examines the Bank for compliance with CFPB rules and enforces CFPB rules with respect to the Bank.  

Mortgage Reform  

The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards that mortgage lenders must consider before making a residential mortgage 
loan, including verifying a borrower's ability to repay such mortgage loan. The Dodd-Frank Act also allows borrowers to 
assert violations of certain provisions of the Truth-in-Lending Act as a defense to foreclosure proceedings. Under the Dodd-
Frank Act, prepayment penalties are prohibited for certain mortgage transactions and creditors are prohibited from financing 
insurance policies in connection with a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit. The Dodd-Frank Act requires 
mortgage lenders to make additional disclosures prior to the extension of credit, in each billing statement and for negative 
amortization loans and hybrid adjustable rate mortgages. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits mortgage originators 
from receiving compensation based on the terms of residential mortgage loans and generally limits the ability of a mortgage 
originator to be compensated by others if compensation is received from a consumer.  

Privacy and Customer Information Security  

GLBA requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal 
information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. In general, the Bank must provide its customers with an annual 
disclosure  that  explains  its policies  and procedures  regarding  the disclosure  of  such nonpublic  personal  information  and, 
except as otherwise required or permitted by law, the Bank is prohibited from disclosing such information except as provided 
in such policies and procedures. However, as a result of amendments made by the Fixing America’s Surface Transportation 

14 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Act, a financial institution is not required to send an annual privacy notice if the institution only discloses nonpublic personal 
information in accordance with certain exceptions from the GLBA that do not require an opt-out to be provided and if the 
institution has not changed its policies and practices since the most recent privacy disclosure provided to consumers. GLBA 
also requires that the Bank develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed 
to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information (as defined under GLBA), to protect against anticipated 
threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information; and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such 
information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank is also required to send a notice 
to customers whose "sensitive information" has been compromised if unauthorized use of this information has occurred or is 
"reasonably possible." Most states, including Maine, have enacted legislation concerning breaches of data security and the 
duties of the Bank in response to a data breach. Congress continues to consider federal legislation that would require consumer 
notice of data security breaches. Pursuant to the FACT Act, the Bank must also develop and implement a written identity 
theft prevention program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with the opening of certain accounts or 
certain existing accounts. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person 
from using information received from an affiliate to make a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the 
consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such 
solicitations.  

Regulatory Enforcement Authority  

The enforcement powers available to the federal banking agencies include, among other things, the ability to assess civil 
money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations 
and institution-affiliated parties, as defined. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and 
regulations  and  unsafe  or  unsound  practices.  Other  actions  or  inactions  may  provide  the  basis  for  enforcement  action, 
including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities. Under certain circumstances, federal and state law 
requires public disclosure and reports of certain criminal offenses and also final enforcement actions by the federal banking 
agencies.  

Community Reinvestment Act  

Pursuant  to  the  CRA,  regulatory  authorities  review  the  performance  of  the  Bank  in  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  the 
communities  it  serves.  The  applicable  regulatory  authorities  consider  compliance  with  this  law  in  connection  with  the 
applications for, among other things, approval for de novo branches, branch relocations and acquisitions of banks and bank 
holding companies. The Bank received a "satisfactory" rating at its CRA examination dated September 1, 2016, its most 
recent exam.  

Failure of an institution to receive at least a "satisfactory" rating could inhibit such institution or its holding company from 
undertaking certain activities, including engaging in activities permitted for a financial holding company under GLBA, and 
acquisitions of other financial institutions. The FDIC must take into account the record of performance of banks in meeting 
the  credit  needs  of  the  entire  community  served,  including  low-  and  moderate-income  neighborhoods.  Current  CRA 
regulations for large banks primarily rely on objective criteria of the performance of institutions under three key assessment 
tests: a lending test, a service test and an investment test. For smaller banks, current CRA regulations primarily evaluate the 
performance of institutions under two key assessment tests: a lending test and, in addition, for intermediate small banks, a 
community development test. The Company is committed to meeting the existing or anticipated credit needs of its entire 
community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking operations.  

Branching and Acquisitions  

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended ("Riegle-Neal") and the Dodd-Frank 
Act permit well capitalized and well managed bank holding companies, as determined by the Federal Reserve, to acquire 
banks  in  any  state  subject  to  certain  concentration  limits  and  other  conditions.  Riegle-Neal  also  generally  authorizes  the 
interstate merger of banks. In addition, among other things, Riegle-Neal and the Dodd-Frank Act permit banks to establish 
new branches on an interstate basis to the same extent a bank chartered by the host state may establish branches. Bank holding 
companies are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve approval to directly or indirectly acquire more than 5% of a class of 
voting securities, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank holding company, bank or savings association.  

Anti-Money Laundering and the Bank Secrecy Act  

Under the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA"), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, 
based on the size and nature of the transaction. Financial institutions are generally required to report to the United States 
Treasury any cash transactions involving more than $10,000. In addition, financial institutions are required to file suspicious 

15 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
activity reports for transactions that involve more than $5,000 and which the financial institution knows, suspects or has 
reason to suspect involves illegal funds, is designed to evade the requirements of the BSA or has no lawful purpose. The 
Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 
2001 (the "USA PATRIOT Act"), which amended the BSA, is designed to deny terrorists and others the ability to obtain 
anonymous access to the U.S. financial system. The USA PATRIOT Act has significant implications for financial institutions 
and businesses of other types involved in the transfer of money. The USA PATRIOT Act, together with the implementing 
regulations of various federal regulatory agencies, has caused financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt and implement 
additional policies or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other things, anti-money laundering 
compliance, suspicious activity, currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis. In 
evaluating an application under Section 3 of the BHCA to acquire a bank or an application under the Bank Merger Act to 
merge banks or affect a purchase of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities, the applicable federal banking 
regulator must consider the anti-money laundering compliance record of both the applicant and the target.  

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and 
others.  These  sanctions,  which  are  administered  by  the  U.S.  Treasury  Department’s  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control 
("OFAC"), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions 
on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports 
to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on "U.S. persons" engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments 
in,  or  providing  investment-related  advice  or  assistance  to,  a  sanctioned  country;  (ii) a  blocking  of  assets  in  which  the 
government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property 
subject  to  U.S.  jurisdiction  (including  property  in  the  possession  or  control  of  U.S.  persons);  and  (iii) restrictions  on 
transactions with or involving certain persons or entities. Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be 
paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC.  

Federal Home Loan Bank System  

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the "FHLBB"), which is one of the regional Federal Home 
Loan  Banks  comprising  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  System.  Each  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  provides  a  central  credit 
facility primarily for member institutions. Member institutions are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the 
FHLBB in an amount at least equal to the sum of 0.35% of the aggregate principal amount of its unpaid residential mortgage 
loans and similar obligations based on year-end call report data and up to 4.5% of its advances (borrowings) from the FHLBB. 
The Bank was in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLBB stock as of June 30, 2016 of $2.4 million. 
The Bank receives dividends on its FHLBB stock. The FHLBB has recently declared dividends equal to an annual yield of 
approximately the daily average three-month LIBOR yield for the quarter for which the dividend has been declared. Dividend 
income on FHLBB stock of $113 thousand was recorded during the most recent fiscal year.  

Any advances from the FHLBB must be secured by specified types of collateral, and long-term advances may be used for 
the purpose of providing funds for residential housing finance, commercial lending and to purchase investments. Long term 
advances may also be used to help manage interest rate risk for asset and liability management purposes. As of June 30, 2016, 
the Bank had $30.1 million in outstanding FHLBB advances.  

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors  

Investing  in  our  common  stock  involves  a  high  degree  of  risk.  You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risks  and 
uncertainties,  together  with  all  other  information  in  this  prospectus,  including  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
related notes, before investing in our common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our 
business, financial condition or results of operations. The trading price of our voting common stock could decline if one or 
more of these risks or uncertainties actually occur, causing you to lose all or part of your investment. Certain statements 
below are forward-looking statements. See "A Note About Forward-Looking Statements."  

Risks Associated With Our Business  

We are subject to regulatory conditions that could constrain our ability to grow our business. 

In conjunction with the regulatory approvals received for the merger with FHB Formation LLC, we committed to maintain a 
Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10%, maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, fund 100% of our loans with core deposits, 
limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans and hold non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans to within 300% of 
total capital. Core deposits, for purposes of this commitment, are defined as non-brokered non-maturity deposits and non-
brokered insured time deposits. At June 30, 2016, the ratio of our purchased loans to total loans was 34.3%. Our continued  

16 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
ability to purchase loans will be dependent on our ability to maintain the growth of our originated loan portfolio. To the extent 
that our ability to originate loans is constrained by market forces or for any other reason, our ability to execute our loan 
acquisition strategy would be similarly constrained.  

A significant portion of loans held in our loan portfolio were originated by third parties, and such loans may not have 
been subject to the same level of due diligence that Northeast Bank would have conducted had it originated the loans.  

At June 30, 2016, 34.3% of the loans held in our loan portfolio were originated by third parties, and therefore may not have 
been  subject  to  the  same  level  of  due  diligence  that  Northeast  Bank  would  have  conducted  had  it  originated  the  loans. 
Although the LASG conducts a comprehensive review of all loans that it purchases, loans originated by third parties may 
lack current financial information and may have incomplete legal documentation and outdated appraisals. As a result, the 
LASG may not have information with respect to an acquired loan which, if known at the time of acquisition, would have 
caused it to reduce its bid price or not bid for the loan at all. This may adversely affect our yield on loans or cause us to 
increase our provision for loan losses.  

Our experience with loans held in our loan portfolio that were originated by third parties is limited.  

At June 30, 2016, the 34.3% of the loans held in our loan portfolio that were originated by third parties had been held by us 
for approximately 1.8 years, calculated on a weighted average basis. Consequently, we have had only a relatively short period 
of time to evaluate the performance of those loans and the price at which we purchased them. Further experience with these 
loans may provide us with information that could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses.  

Our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans, which are generally riskier than 
other types of loans.  

At June 30, 2016, our commercial real estate mortgage and commercial and industrial loan portfolios comprised 82.7% of 
total loans. Commercial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a higher risk of nonpayment or late payment 
than residential mortgage loans. These loans, and purchased loans in particular, may lack standardized terms and may include 
a balloon payment feature. The ability of a borrower to make or refinance a balloon payment may be affected by a number 
of factors, including the financial condition of the borrower, prevailing economic conditions and prevailing interest rates. 
Repayment of these loans is generally more dependent on the economy and the successful operation of a business. Because 
of the risks associated with commercial loans, we may experience higher rates of default than if the portfolio were more 
heavily weighted toward residential mortgage loans. Higher rates of default could have an adverse effect on our financial 
condition and results of operations.  

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to absorb actual losses or if we are required to increase our allowance, 
our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.  

We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may default on their obligations. A borrower's default on its obligations under 
one or more loans of the Bank may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses as a result 
of the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. In certain situations, where 
collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable work-out arrangements cannot be reached, the Bank may have to write off 
the loan in whole or in part. In such situations, the Bank may acquire real estate or other assets, if any, that secure the loan 
through foreclosure or other similar available remedies, and often the amount owed under the defaulted loan exceeds the 
value of the assets acquired.  

We periodically make a determination of an allowance for loan losses based on available information, including, but not 
limited  to,  our  historical  loss  experience,  the  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio,  certain  economic  conditions,  the  value  of  the 
underlying collateral, expected cash flows from purchased loans, and the level of non-accruing and criticized loans. We rely 
on our loan quality reviews, our experience and our evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors, in determining 
the amount of provision required for the allowance for loan losses. Provisions to this allowance result in an expense for the 
period. If, as a result of general economic conditions, previously incorrect assumptions, or an increase in defaulted loans, we 
determine that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses are necessary, we will incur additional expenses.  

Determining the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant 
estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. At any time, there are likely 
to be loans in our portfolio that will result in losses but that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem 
credits. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating credits before they become nonperforming assets or 
that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified. We have in the past been, and in the future may be, 
required to increase our allowance for loan losses for any of several reasons. State and federal regulators, in reviewing our 

17 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
loan portfolio as part of a regulatory examination, may request that we increase our allowance for loan losses. Changes in 
economic  conditions  affecting  borrowers,  new  information  regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of  additional  problem 
loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in our allowance for loan losses. In 
addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed those estimated in our determination of our allowance for loan losses, we 
will need additional increases in our allowance for loan losses. Any increases in our allowance for loan losses will result in 
a decrease in our net income and, possibly, our capital, and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results 
of operations.  

Environmental liability associated with our lending activities could result in losses.  

In the course of business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans we have originated or purchased 
that are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered 
on these properties. In this event, we might be required to remove these substances from the affected properties at our sole 
cost and expense or we may be held liable to a government entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, 
investigation and cleanup costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required 
to  investigate  or  clean  up  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  or  chemical  releases  at  a  property.  The  costs  associated  with 
investigation or remediation activities could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate 
remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected 
properties.  If  we  become  subject  to  significant  environmental  liabilities,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations could be adversely affected. 

We may not be able to attract and retain qualified key employees, which could adversely affect our business prospects, 
including our competitive position and results of operations.  

Our success is dependent upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled individuals. There is significant competition for 
those individuals with the experience and skills required to conduct many of our business activities. We may not be able to 
hire or retain the key personnel that we depend upon for success. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of these or 
other key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of the markets 
in which we operate, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.  

We are subject to liquidity risk.  

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis by converting assets into cash or cash equivalents and by 
increasing  liabilities  at  a  reasonable  cost.  Liquidity  sources  include  the  amount  of  unencumbered  or  “free”  investment 
portfolio  securities  that  the  Bank  owns,  borrowings,  cash  flow  from  loan  and  investment  principal  payments  and  pre-
payments and residential mortgage loan sales. Our liquidity is used principally to originate or purchase loans, to repay deposit 
liabilities  and  other  liabilities  when  they  come  due,  and  to  fund  operating  costs.  The  Company  also  requires  funds  for 
dividends to shareholders, repurchases of shares, and for general corporate purposes. Customer demand for non-maturity 
deposits can be difficult to predict. Changes in market interest rates, increased competition within our markets, and other 
factors may make deposit gathering more difficult. Disruptions in the capital markets or interest rate changes may make the 
terms of wholesale funding sources—which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, the Federal Reserve's Borrower-in-
Custody program, securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and brokered certificates of deposit—
less favorable and may make it difficult to sell securities when needed to provide additional liquidity. As a result, there is a 
risk that the cost of funding will increase or that we will not have sufficient funds to meet our obligations when they come 
due.  

We are subject to security and operational risks relating to our use of technology.  

Communication and information systems are critical to the conduct of our business because we use these systems to manage 
our customer relationships and process accounting and financial reporting information. Although we have established policies 
and  procedures  to  prevent  or  limit  the  impact  of  system  failures,  interruptions  and  security  breaches  of  these  systems, 
including cyber security breaches, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately 
addressed if they do. In addition, any compromise of our security systems could prevent customers from using our website 
and our online banking services, both of which involve the transmission of confidential information. Although we rely on 
security  and  processing  systems  to  provide  the  security  and  authentication  necessary  to  securely  transmit  data,  these 
precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security. Information security risks have increased 
significantly due to the use of online, telephone and mobile banking channels by clients and the increased sophistication and 
activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or 
security  breaches  of  our  information  systems  could  damage  our  reputation,  result  in  the  loss  of  business,  subject  us  to  

18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
increased regulatory scrutiny or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, including the costs of customer 
notification and remediation efforts. Any of these occurrences could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and 
results of operations.  

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.  

Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and 
core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any 
problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their 
performing  their  services  poorly,  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  deliver  products  and  services  to  our  customers  or 
otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant 
delay and expense.  

Damage  to  our  reputation  could  significantly  harm  our  business,  including  our  competitive  position  and  business 
prospects.  

We are dependent on our reputation within our market area, as a trusted and responsible financial company, for all aspects of 
our  relationships  with  customers,  employees,  vendors,  third-party  service  providers,  and  others,  with  whom  we  conduct 
business or potential future business. Our ability to attract and retain customers and employees could be adversely affected 
if our reputation is damaged. Our actual or perceived failure to address various issues, including our ability to (a) identify 
and address potential conflicts of interest, ethical issues, money-laundering, or privacy issues; (b) meet legal and regulatory 
requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company; (c) maintain the privacy of customer and accompanying personal 
information; (d) maintain adequate record keeping; (e) engage in proper sales and trading practices; and (f) identify the legal, 
reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our products, could give rise to reputational risk that could cause 
harm to us and our business prospects. These issues also include, but are not limited to, legal and regulatory requirements; 
properly  maintaining  customer  and  employee  personal  information;  record keeping;  money-laundering;  sales  and  trading 
practices; ethical issues; appropriately addressing potential conflicts of interest; and the proper identification of the legal, 
reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our products. Failure to appropriately address any of these issues 
could also give rise to additional regulatory restrictions and legal risks, which could, among other consequences, increase the 
size and number of litigation claims and damages asserted or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties and cause 
us to incur related costs and expenses.  

Internal controls may fail or be circumvented.  

Effective  controls  over  financial  reporting  are  necessary  to  help  ensure  reliable  financial  reporting  and  prevent  fraud. 
Management is responsible for maintaining an effective system of internal control and assessing system effectiveness Any 
system  of  controls,  however  well  designed  and  operated,  is  based  in  part  on  certain  assumptions  and  can  provide  only 
reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the system of 
internal control could have an adverse effect on our business, profitability, and financial condition, and could further result 
in regulatory actions and loss of investor confidence.  

Difficult  economic  conditions,  both  in  the  Community  Banking  Division's  market  area  and  more  generally,  could 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

Our  financial  performance  generally,  and  in  particular  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  pay  interest  on  and  repay  principal  of 
outstanding loans and the value of collateral securing those loans, is highly dependent upon the business environment in the 
markets where we operate and in the United States as a whole. Our Community Banking Division primarily serves individuals 
and businesses located in western and south-central Maine. As a result, a significant portion of our earnings are closely tied 
to the economy of Maine. In addition, our loan portfolio includes commercial loans acquired or originated by the LASG and 
the SBA Division that are secured by assets located nationwide. Deterioration in the economic conditions of the Community 
Banking  Division's  market  area  in  Maine,  and  deterioration  of  the  economy  nationally  could  result  in  the  following 
consequences: 

(cid:2)  Loan delinquencies may increase;  

(cid:2)  Problem assets and foreclosures may increase; 

(cid:2)  Demand for our products and services may decline;  

19 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
(cid:2)  Collateral for our loans may decline in value, in turn reducing a customer's borrowing power and reducing the value

of collateral securing a loan; and  

(cid:2)  The net worth and liquidity of loan guarantors may decline, impairing their ability to honor commitments to us.  

Our future growth, if any, may require us to raise additional capital, but that capital may not be available when we need 
it.  

As  a  bank,  we  are  required  by  regulatory  authorities  to  maintain  adequate  levels  of  capital  to  support  our  operations.  In 
addition, in conjunction with the regulatory approvals received for the merger with FHB Formation LLC, we committed to 
maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10% and a total capital ratio of at least 15%. We may need to raise additional 
capital to support our operations or our growth, if any. Our ability to raise additional capital will depend, in part, on conditions 
in the capital markets and our financial performance at that time. Accordingly, we may be unable to raise additional capital, 
if and when needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further 
expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to 
raise additional equity capital, investors' interests could be diluted. Our failure to meet any applicable regulatory guideline 
related  to  our  lending  activities  or  any  capital  requirement  otherwise  imposed  upon  us  or  to  satisfy  any  other  regulatory 
requirement could subject us to certain activity restrictions or to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the regulatory 
authorities, including limitations on our ability to pay dividends or pursue acquisitions, the issuance by regulatory authorities 
of a capital directive to increase capital and the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC.  

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.  

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness 
of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and 
other  relationships.  We  have  exposure  to  many  different  counterparties,  and  we  routinely  execute  transactions  with 
counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, other commercial banks, investment banks, mutual 
and hedge funds, and other financial institutions. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more 
financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and 
losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the 
event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us 
cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure 
due to us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.  

Risks Associated With the Industry  

Competition in the financial services industry is intense and could result in us losing business or experiencing reduced 
margins.  

Our future growth and success will depend  on our ability to continue  to compete effectively in the Community Banking 
Division's  market  area,  and  in  the  markets  in  which  the  LASG,  the  SBA  Division,  and  ableBanking  operate.  We  face 
aggressive competition from other domestic and foreign lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial 
services. The ability of non-banking financial institutions to provide services previously limited to commercial banks has 
intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks 
and bank holding companies, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures. Securities firms and 
insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. 
This may significantly change the competitive environment in which we conduct our business. Some of our competitors have 
significantly greater financial resources, lending limits, and/or face fewer regulatory constraints and offer certain services 
that we do not or cannot provide. As a result of these various sources of competition, we could lose business to competitors 
or could be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, either of which would 
adversely affect its profitability.  

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.  

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, our earnings and growth are significantly affected 
by interest rates, which are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, to events 
in the capital markets and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal 
Reserve. The nature and timing of any changes in such policies or general economic conditions and their effect on us cannot 
be controlled and are extremely difficult to predict. Changes in interest rates can affect our net interest income as well as the 
value of our assets and liabilities. Net interest income is the difference between (i) interest income on interest-earning assets, 

20 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
such as loans and securities, and (ii) interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Changes 
in market interest rates, changes in the relationships between short-term and long-term market interest rates, or the yield 
curve, or changes in the relationships between different interest rate indices can affect the interest rates charged on interest-
earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This difference could result in an increase 
in  interest  expense  relative  to  interest  income,  and  therefore  reduce  our  net  interest  income.  Further,  declines  in  market 
interest rates may trigger loan prepayments, which in many cases are within our customers' discretion, and which in turn may 
serve to reduce our net interest income if we are unable to lend those funds to other borrowers or invest the funds at the same 
or higher interest rates.  

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry,  and  laws  and  regulations,  or  changes  in  them,  could  limit  or  restrict  our 
activities and could have an adverse impact in our operations.  

We are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, and our banking subsidiary, Northeast Bank, is subject 
to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  FDIC  and  the  Maine  Bureau  of  Financial  Institutions.  Federal  and  state  laws  and 
regulations govern numerous matters, including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies, 
maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financial institution, permissible types, amounts and terms 
of  extensions  of  credit  and  investments,  permissible  non-banking  activities,  the  level  of  reserves  against  deposits  and 
restrictions on dividend payments. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions have the 
power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject 
to their regulation, and the Federal Reserve possesses similar powers with respect to bank holding companies. These and 
other restrictions limit the manner in which we and Northeast Bank may conduct business and obtain financing.  

Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us 
are subject to regular modification and change. Such changes may, among other things, increase the cost of doing business, 
limit permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank 
Act instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes in light of government intervention 
in  the  financial  services  sector  following  the  2008  financial  crisis.  Other  changes  to  statutes,  regulations,  or  regulatory 
policies,  including  changes  in  interpretation  or  implementation  of  statutes,  regulations,  or  policies,  could  affect  us  in 
substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services 
and products we may offer, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among 
other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money 
penalties, and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and 
results of operations. See "Supervision and Regulation" in Item 1, "Business."  

The FDIC's assessment rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as Northeast Bank, up to applicable limits. As a 
result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has increased deposit insurance 
assessment  rates.  If  these  increases  are  insufficient  for  the  deposit  insurance  fund  of  the  FDIC  to  meet  its  funding 
requirements, there may need to be further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums. We are generally 
unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there is additional bank or 
financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any 
future  additional  assessments,  increases  or  required  prepayments  in  FDIC  insurance  premiums  may  materially  adversely 
affect  results  of  operations,  including  by  reducing  our  profitability  or  limiting  our  ability  to  pursue  certain  business 
opportunities.  

Changes in accounting standards can materially impact our financial statements.  

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of 
operations.  From  time  to  time,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  regulatory  authorities  change  the  financial 
accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to 
predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, 
we  could  be  required  to  apply  a  new  or  revised  standard  retroactively,  resulting  in  our  restating  prior  period  financial 
statements.  

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or 
unintentional violations.  

We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations. However, 
some  legal/regulatory  frameworks  provide  for  the  imposition  of  fines  or  penalties  for  noncompliance  even  though  the 
noncompliance  was  inadvertent  or  unintentional  and  even  though  there  was  in  place  at  the  time  systems  and  procedures 
designed to ensure compliance. For example, we are subject to regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or 
"OFAC," that prohibit financial institutions from participating in the transfer of property belonging to the governments of 
certain foreign countries and designated nationals of those countries and certain other persons or entities whose interest in 
property is blocked by OFAC-administered sanctions. OFAC may impose penalties for inadvertent or unintentional violations 
even if reasonable processes are in place to prevent the violations. There may be other negative consequences resulting from 
a finding of noncompliance, including restrictions on certain activities. Such a finding may also damage our reputation as 
described below and could restrict the ability of institutional investment managers to invest in our securities.  

Risks Associated With Our Common Stock  

Market volatility has affected and may continue to affect the value of our common stock.  

The performance of our common stock has been and may continue to be affected by many factors, including volatility in the 
credit, mortgage and housing markets, and the markets with respect to financial institutions generally. Government action 
and changes in government regulations may affect the value of our common stock. More general market fluctuations, industry 
factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or interest rate changes could 
also cause the value of our common stock to decrease regardless of our operating results.  

Our common stock trading volume may not provide adequate liquidity for investors.  

Our voting common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. The average daily trading volume for Northeast voting 
common stock is less than the corresponding trading volume for larger financial institutions. Due to this relatively low trading 
volume,  significant  sales  of  Northeast  voting  common  stock,  or  the  expectation  of  these  sales,  may  place  significant 
downward pressure on the market price of Northeast voting common stock. No assurance can be given that a more active 
trading  market  in  our  common  stock  will  develop  in  the  foreseeable  future  or  can  be  maintained.  There  can  also  be  no 
assurance that the offering will result in a material increase in the "float" for our common stock, which we define as the 
aggregate market value of our voting common stock held by shareholders who are not affiliates of Northeast, because our 
affiliates may purchase shares of voting common stock in the offering.  

There is a limited market for and restrictions on the transferability of our non-voting common stock.  

Our non-voting common stock is not and will not be listed on any exchange. Additionally, the non-voting common stock can 
only be transferred in certain limited circumstances set forth in our articles of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of our non-
voting common stock may be required to bear the economic consequences of holding such non-voting common stock for an 
indefinite period of time.  

If we defer payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debt securities or if certain defaults relating to 
those debt securities or our outstanding subordinated notes occur, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends 
or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.  

As of June 30, 2016, we had outstanding $16.5 million in aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debt securities 
issued in connection with the sale of trust preferred securities by affiliates of ours that are statutory business trusts. We have 
also guaranteed those trust preferred securities. The indenture under which the junior subordinated debt securities were issued, 
together  with  the  guarantee,  prohibits  us,  subject  to  limited  exceptions,  from  declaring  or  paying  any  dividends  or 
distributions on, or redeeming, repurchasing, acquiring or making any liquidation payments with respect to, any of our capital 
stock at any time when (i) there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default under the indenture; (ii) we are in 
default with respect to payment of any obligations under the guarantee; or (iii) we have elected to defer payment of interest 
on the junior subordinated debt securities. In that regard, we are entitled, at our option but subject to certain conditions, to 
defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities from time to time for up to five years.  

Events of default under the indenture generally consist of our failure to pay interest on the junior subordinated debt securities 
under certain circumstances, our failure to pay any principal of or premium on such junior subordinated debt securities when 
due,  our  failure  to  comply  with  certain  covenants  under  the  indenture,  and  certain  events  of  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or 
liquidation relating to us.  

22 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As a result of these provisions, if we were to elect to defer payments of interest on the junior subordinated debt securities, or 
if any of the other events described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first paragraph of this risk factor were to occur, we would be 
prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on our capital stock, from redeeming, repurchasing or otherwise acquiring 
any of our capital stock, and from making any payments to holders of our capital stock in the event of our liquidation, which 
would likely have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock.  

As  of  June 30,  2016,  we  had  outstanding  $15.05 million  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  6.75%  fixed-to-floating 
subordinated notes due 2026. If we were to be in default with respect to payment of any obligation under the notes, we would 
be  prohibited  from  declaring  or  paying  any  dividends.  We  would  also  be  prohibited  from  paying  any  distributions  on, 
redeeming, purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation payment with respect to any of the Company’s capital stock, which 
would likely have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock. 

We are dependent upon our subsidiaries for dividends, distributions and other payments.  

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from Northeast Bank, and depend on dividends, distributions and other payments 
from Northeast Bank to fund dividend payments on our common stock and to fund all payments on our other obligations. 
We and Northeast Bank are subject to laws that authorize regulatory authorities to block or reduce the flow of funds from 
Northeast Bank to us. Regulatory action of that kind could impede access to the funds that Northeast needs in order to make 
payments on its obligations or dividend payments. In addition, if Northeast Bank does not maintain sufficient capital levels 
or its earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us, we may not be able to make dividend payments to our 
common and preferred shareholders. Further, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary's liquidation 
or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of Northeast Bank's creditors.  

We may not be able to pay dividends and, if we pay dividends, we cannot guarantee the amount and frequency of such 
dividends.  

The continued payment of dividends on shares of our common stock will depend upon our debt and equity structure, earnings 
and financial condition, need for capital in connection with possible future acquisitions, growth and other factors, including 
economic conditions, regulatory restrictions, and tax considerations. We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends or, if 
we pay dividends, the amount and frequency of these dividends.  

We may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock in the future, which could dilute a shareholder's ownership 
of common stock.  

Our  articles  of  incorporation  authorize  our  Board  of  Directors,  generally  without  shareholder  approval,  to,  among  other 
things, issue additional shares of common or preferred stock. The issuance of any additional shares of common or preferred 
stock could be dilutive to a shareholder's ownership of our common stock. To the extent that we issue options or warrants to 
purchase common stock in the future and the options or warrants are exercised, our shareholders may experience further 
dilution. Holders of shares of our common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle holders to purchase their pro rata share 
of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, shareholders may not be permitted to invest in future issuances 
of Northeast common or preferred stock. We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate 
levels of capital to support our operations. Accordingly, regulatory requirements and/or deterioration in our asset quality may 
require us to sell common stock to raise capital under circumstances and at prices that result in substantial dilution.  

We may issue debt and equity securities that are senior to our common stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which 
could negatively affect the value of our common stock.  

In the future, we may increase our capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing or issuing debt or equity 
securities, which could include issuances of senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or common stock. In the event 
of our liquidation, our lenders and holders of its debt or preferred securities would receive a distribution of our available 
assets before distributions to the holders of Northeast common stock. Our decision to incur debt and issue securities in future 
offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control. We cannot predict or estimate the amount, 
timing or nature of our future offerings and debt financings. Future offerings could reduce the value of shares of our common 
stock and dilute a shareholder's interest in Northeast.  

Our common stock is not insured by any governmental entity.  

Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other 
governmental entity.  

23 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our shareholders.  

Federal  law  imposes  restrictions,  including  regulatory  approval  requirements,  on  persons  seeking  to  acquire  control over 
Northeast. Provisions of Maine law and provisions of our articles of incorporation and by-laws could make it more difficult 
for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of 
us. We have  a  classified  Board of  Directors,  meaning  that  approximately  one-third  of our directors  are  elected  annually. 
Additionally,  our  articles  of  organization  authorize  our  Board  of  Directors  to  issue  preferred  stock  without  shareholder 
approval and such preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. Other provisions 
that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our 
shareholders  include  supermajority  voting  requirements  to  remove  a  director  from  office  without  cause;  restrictions  on 
shareholders calling a special meeting; a requirement that only directors may fill a Board vacancy; and provisions regarding 
the timing and content of shareholder proposals and nominations.  

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments  

None.  

Item 2. 

Properties  

At  June 30,  2016,  the  Company  conducted  its  business  from  its  headquarters  in  Lewiston,  Maine,  an  office  in  Boston, 
Massachusetts, and an office in Portland, Maine. The Company also conducts business from its ten full-service bank branches 
and six loan production offices located in western and south-central Maine and southern New Hampshire. The Company 
believes that all of its facilities are well maintained and suitable for the purpose for which they are used. 

In addition to its Lewiston, Maine, Boston, Massachusetts and Portland, Maine offices, the Company leases eleven of its 
other  locations.  For  information  regarding  the  Company's  lease  commitments,  please  refer  to  "Lease  Obligations"  under 
Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report.  

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings  

From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course 
of business. Management presently believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, 
will not be material to the Company or its consolidated financial position. The Company establishes reserves for specific 
legal  matters  when  it  determines  that  the  likelihood  of  an  unfavorable  outcome  is  probable  and  the  loss  is  reasonably 
estimable. Legal proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur that could cause the 
Company  to  establish  litigation  reserves  or  could  have,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  a  material  adverse  effect  on  its 
business, financial condition, or operating results.  

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures  

Not applicable.  

24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of  
Equity Securities 

(a) The Company's voting common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ under the symbol "NBN." There is no established 
public trading market for the Company's non-voting common stock. As of the close of business on September 2, 2016, there 
were approximately 419 registered shareholders of record.  

The following table sets forth the high and low closing sale prices of the Company's voting common stock, as reported on 
NASDAQ, and quarterly dividends paid on the Company's voting and non-voting common stock during the periods indicated: 

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 
Jul 1 – Sep 30 .........................................................................   $
Oct 1 – Dec 31........................................................................    
Jan 1 – Mar 31 ........................................................................    
Apr 1 – Jun 30 ........................................................................    

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 
Jul 1 – Sep 30 .........................................................................   $
Oct 1 – Dec 31........................................................................    
Jan 1 – Mar 31 ........................................................................    
Apr 1 – Jun 30 ........................................................................    

High  

Low  

11.02    $
11.02     
11.00     
11.72     

High  

Low  

9.60    $
9.68     
9.73     
10.25     

     Dividend Paid    
0.01 
0.01 
0.01 
0.01 

9.82    $ 
9.91      
9.56      
10.31      

     Dividend Paid    
0.01 
0.01 
0.01 
0.01 

9.19    $ 
8.79      
8.92      
9.14      

On September 2, 2016, the last reported sale price of the Company's voting common stock, as reported on NASDAQ was 
$11.42. Holders of the Company's voting and non-voting common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared 
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The amount and timing of future dividends payable on the Company's 
voting and non-voting common stock will depend on, among other things, the financial condition of the Company, regulatory 
considerations, and other factors. The Company is a legal entity separate from the Bank, but its revenues are derived primarily 
from the Bank. Accordingly, the ability of the Company to pay cash dividends on its stock in the future generally will be 
dependent upon the earnings of the Bank and the Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company. The payment of dividends 
by the Bank will depend on a number of factors, including capital requirements, regulatory limitations, the Bank's results of 
operations and financial condition, tax considerations, and general economic conditions. National banking laws regulate and 
restrict the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company. See "Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation."  

Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans will be included in the Proxy 
Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.  

(b) Not applicable.  

(c) On April 30, 2015, the Board of Directors voted to amend the Company’s existing stock repurchase program to authorize 
the Company to purchase an additional 500,000 shares of its common stock, representing 5.1% of the Company’s outstanding 
common shares or approximately $4.7 million based on the Company’s closing stock price on April 29, 2015. The amended 
stock repurchase program will expire on April 30, 2017.  

On February 25, 2016, the Board of Directors voted to further amend the Company’s existing stock repurchase program 
subject  to  regulatory  approval,  which  was  received  on  March  2,  2016.  The  approved  amendment,  which  was  effective  
March 2, 2016, increased the existing stock repurchase program by an additional 600,000 shares of the Company’s common 
stock,  representing  6.3%  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  shares  or  approximately  $6.3  million  based  on  the 
Company’s closing stock price on March 2, 2016. The amended stock repurchase program will expire on March 2, 2018. 

25 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to purchases made by us of our common stock during the fourth 
quarter of fiscal year ended June 30, 2016: 

Period 
Apr. 1 –Apr. 30 .............................     
May 1 –May 31 .............................     
Jun. 1 –Jun. 30 ...............................     

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
(1) 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Programs 

Maximum 
Number of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Program 

Weighted Average
Price Per share 

11,800    $
1,600     
-     

10.78     
11.14     
-     

1,323,162      
1,324,762      
1,324,762      

646,838  
645,238  
645,238 (2)

(1)  Based on trade date, not settlement date  
(2)  On August 22, 2016, the Company purchased 645,238 shares at a price of $10.75 per share. 

26 

 
  
  
   
   
    
  
  
  
  
Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

The following table sets forth our selected financial and operating data on a historical basis. The data set forth below does 
not  purport  to  be  complete.  It  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with,  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by,  the  more  detailed 
information, including the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.  

Twelve Months
Ended 
June 30, 2016 

Twelve Months
Ended 
June 30, 2015 

Twelve Months
Ended 
June 30, 2014 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Twelve Months 
Ended 
June 30, 2013 

Twelve Months
Ended 
June 30, 2012 

Selected operations data: 

Interest and dividend income  ....    $ 
Interest expense  .........................      
Net interest income  ...................      
Provision for loan losses  ...........      
Noninterest income  ...................      
Net securities gains  ...................      
Noninterest expense  ..................      
Income before income taxes  ......      
Income tax expense  ...................      

Net income from continuing 

operations  .......................................      

Net (loss) income from discontinued 

operations  .......................................      
Net income .........................................    $ 
Consolidated per share data: 
Earnings: 
Basic: 

Continuing operations ....................   $ 
Discontinued operations .............     
Net income .............................    $ 

Diluted: 

Continuing operations ....................   $ 
Discontinued operations .............      
Net income .............................    $ 
Cash dividends  ......................    $ 
Book value .............................      

Selected balance sheet data: 

47,235    $
7,855     
39,380     
1,618     
7,773     
-     
33,812     
11,723     
4,104     

44,588    $
7,220     
37,368     
717     
7,089     
-     
32,604     
11,136     
3,995     

38,371    $
6,653     
31,718     
531     
4,869     
-     
31,777     
4,279     
1,579     

36,543     $ 
6,596       
29,947       
1,122       
8,514       
792       
31,955       
6,176       
1,881       

7,619     

7,141     

2,700     

4,295       

-     
7,619    $

-     
7,141    $

(8)    
2,692    $

125       
4,420     $ 

0.80    $
0.00     
0.80    $

0.80    $
0.00     
0.80    $
0.04    $
12.51     

0.72    $
0.00     
0.72    $

0.72    $
0.00     
0.72    $
0.04    $
11.77     

0.26    $
0.00     
0.26    $

0.26    $
0.00     
0.26    $
0.28    $
11.05     

0.38     $ 
0.01       
0.39     $ 

0.38     $ 
0.01       
0.39     $ 
0.36     $ 
10.89       

27,014  
6,317  
20,697  
946  
5,782  
1,111  
25,680  
964  
102  

862  

1,301  
2,163  

0.11  
0.30  
0.41  

0.11  
0.30  
0.41  
0.36  
11.07  

Total assets  ........................................   $ 
Loans  ................................................     
Deposits  ............................................     
Borrowings and capital lease 

obligations  ......................................     
Total shareholders’ equity  .................     

986,153    $
692,436     
800,432     

54,534     
116,591     

850,718    $
612,137     
674,759     

52,568     
112,727     

761,931    $
516,416     
574,329     

66,005     
112,066     

670,639     $ 
435,376       
484,623       

64,069       
113,802       

669,196  
356,254  
422,188  

120,859  
119,139  

Other ratios: 

Return on average assets  ...............     
Return on average equity  ..............     
Efficiency ratio...............................     
Average equity to average total 

assets  ..........................................     
Common dividend payout ratio  .....     
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio ............     
Total capital ratio ...........................     

0.85%  
6.66%  
71.71%  

12.71%  
5.00%  
13.27%  
20.39%  

0.89%  
6.35%  
73.34%  

14.00%  
5.56%  
14.49%  
20.14%  

0.37%  
2.39%  
86.85%  

15.38%  
107.6%  
15.90%  
23.69%  

0.64%     
3.79%     
81.41%     

16.93%     
92.25%     
17.78%     
27.54%     

0.36%
3.03%
93.08%

11.90%
71.26%
19.91%
33.34%

27 

 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
  
    
      
      
      
        
   
       
        
        
        
          
  
  
       
        
        
        
          
  
  
    
      
      
      
        
   
       
        
        
        
          
  
Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

Northeast Bancorp is a Maine corporation and a bank holding company registered with the Federal Reserve under the Bank 
Holding Company Act of 1956. The Company also is a registered Maine financial institution holding company, and is subject 
to regulation by both the Maine Bureau of Financial Institutions and the Federal Reserve. The Company's principal asset is 
the capital stock of Northeast Bank, a Maine state-chartered universal bank, which is regulated by the FDIC and the Bureau. 
The Company's results of operations are primarily dependent on the results of the operations of the Bank.  

The Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which follows, presents a 
review of the consolidated operating results of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 ("fiscal 2016") and the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 ("fiscal 2015"). This discussion and analysis is intended to assist you in understanding the 
results of our operations and financial condition. You should read this discussion together with your review of the Company's 
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and other statistical information included in this report. Certain amounts 
in the periods prior to fiscal 2016 have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2016 presentation.  

Overview  

On December 29, 2010, the merger (the "Merger") of the Company and FHB Formation LLC, a Delaware limited liability 
company  ("FHB"),  was  consummated.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  as  part  of  the  regulatory  approval  process  the 
Company made certain commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"), the 
most significant of which are, (i) maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10%, (ii) maintain a total capital ratio of at least 
15%, (iii) limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans, (iv) fund 100% of the Company's loans with core deposits (defined as 
non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits), and (v) hold commercial real estate loans (including owner-
occupied commercial real estate) to within 300% of total capital.  

On June 28, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved the amendment of the commitment to hold commercial real estate loans to 
within 300% of total capital to exclude owner-occupied commercial real estate loans. All other commitments made to the 
Federal Reserve in connection with the merger remain unchanged. The Company and the Bank are currently in compliance 
with all commitments to the Federal Reserve.  

The Company's compliance ratios at June 30, 2016 are as follows:  

Condition 
(i) Tier 1 leverage ratio  .............................................................................................................................      
(ii) Total capital ratio  ...............................................................................................................................      
(iii) Ratio of purchased loans to total loans ...............................................................................................      
(iv) Ratio of loans to core deposits (1) ......................................................................................................      
(v) Ratio of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans to total capital (2) ...................................      

Ratio 

13.27%
20.39%
34.25% 
87.15%
174.12%

(1)  Core deposits include all non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits 
(2)  For purposes of calculating this ratio, commercial real estate includes all non-owner occupied commercial real estate 

loans defined as such by regulatory  guidance, including all land development and construction loans 

Fiscal 2016 Financial Highlights  

The Company's financial and strategic highlights for fiscal 2016 include the following: 

(cid:2)  Earned net income of $7.6 million, or $0.80 per diluted share, as compared to $7.1 million, or $0.72 per diluted 

share, in fiscal 2015. 

(cid:2)  Generated loans of $382 million, growing the portfolio on a net basis by $80.3 million or 13.1%. 

(cid:2)  LASG  purchased  loans  totaling  $100.0 million  and  originated  loans  totaling  $110.6 million,  earning  average 
portfolio yields of 11.4% and 6.1%, respectively. The purchased loan yield of 11.4% includes regularly scheduled 
interest and accretion, and accelerated accretion and fees recognized on loan payoffs. The Company also monitors
the "total return" on its purchased loan portfolio, a measure that includes gains on sales of purchased loans, as well
as interest, scheduled accretion and accelerated accretion and fees. On this basis, the purchased loan portfolio earned
a total return of 11.4% for fiscal 2016.  

28 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
An overview of the LASG portfolio follows:  

2016 

2015 

Year Ended June 30, 

Purchased      Originated     

Secured 
Loans to 
Broker-
Dealers      

Total 
LASG 
(Dollars in thousands) 

     Purchased      Originated      

Secured 
Loans to 
Broker-
Dealers      

Total 
LASG 

Loans purchased or 

originated during the 
period: 
Unpaid principal 

balance .....................    $  108,716     $  110,578    $
99,999        110,578     

Net investment basis .       

-    $ 219,294    $
-      210,577     

93,694    $
82,654     

82,502     $  48,000     $ 224,196  
82,502        48,000       213,156  

Loan returns during the 

period: 
Yield (1) .......................      
Total Return (1) (2) ......      

Total loans as of period 

end: 
Unpaid principal 

11.37%     
11.38%     

6.11%  
6.10%  

0.50%  
0.50%  

8.03%  
8.04%  

13.00%  
13.33%  

6.44%     
6.75%     

0.47%  
0.47%  

9.73%
10.02%

balance .....................    $  271,268     $  174,918    $ 48,000    $ 494,186    $ 239,933    $ 118,416     $  60,000    $ 418,349  
118,416        60,000      381,008  

Net investment basis  ...       239,709        174,918     

48,000      462,627      202,592     

(1) The yield and total return on LASG originated loans includes $385 thousand of fees related to one loan in the quarter 
ended June 30, 2016. 
(2) The total return on purchased loans represents scheduled accretion, accelerated accretion, gains on asset sales, and other 
noninterest income recorded during the period divided by the average invested balance, on an annualized basis. The total 
return does not include the effect of purchased loan charge-offs or recoveries in the quarter.  

(cid:2) 

Increased the Company's deposit base by $125.7 million, mainly the result of the increase in money market accounts 
attracted through the Bank's Community Banking division.  

(cid:2)  Originated $54.5 million in SBA guaranteed loans through June 30, 2016, and sold $39.1 million of loans, for a gain 

on sale of $4.2 million. 

(cid:2)  Raised $15.05 million of subordinated notes at a cost of 6.75% which qualify for Tier 2 Capital treatment. 

(cid:2)  Repurchased 322,900 shares at an average repurchase price of $10.40. 

Results of Operations  

General 

Net income for the year ended June 30, 2016 was $7.6 million, a $478 thousand increase from $7.1 million for the year ended 
June 30, 2015. 

Items of significance affecting the Company's earnings included: 

(cid:2)  An increase in net interest and dividend income before provision for loan losses, which grew to $39.4 million as 
compared to $37.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, principally due to higher average balances in the total
loan portfolio.  

29 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
         
        
        
        
        
         
        
  
  
      
         
        
        
        
        
         
        
  
      
         
        
        
        
        
         
        
  
  
    
        
      
      
      
      
        
      
   
      
         
        
        
        
        
         
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes interest income and related yields recognized on the Company's loans: 

   Average  
   Balance (1)      

2016 
Interest 
Income (2) 

Interest Income and Yield on Loans 
Year Ended June 30, 

Average  

Yield 
(Dollars in thousands) 

     Balance (1)     

2015 
Interest 
Income 

Yield 

Community 

Banking ..............    $ 
SBA ......................      
LASG: 

Originated .........      
Purchased ..........      
Secured Loans to 

Broker-Dealers      
Total LASG ...      
Total ...........   $ 

218,649    $ 
23,786      

147,193      
216,763      

58,511      
422,467      
664,902    $ 

10,483     
1,448     

8,987     
24,638     

293     
33,918     
45,849     

4.79%  $
6.09%   

233,506    $
2,622     

6.11%   
11.37%   

76,448     
203,822     

0.50%   
8.03%   
6.90%  $

44,942     
325,212     
561,340    $

11,599      
148      

4,924      
26,500      

212      
31,636      
43,383      

4.97%
5.64%

6.44%
13.00%

0.47%
9.73%
7.73%

(1)  Includes loans held for sale. 
(2)  SBA interest income includes SBA fees of $33 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2016. 

The yield on purchased loans is affected by unscheduled loan payoffs, which resulted in immediate recognition of the prepaid 
loans’ discount in interest income. The following table details the “total return” on purchased loans, which includes total 
transactional  income  of  $7.3  million  for  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  a  decrease  of  $2.6  million  from  the  year  ended  
June 30, 2015. The following table summarizes the total return recognized on the purchased loan portfolio: 

Regularly scheduled interest and accretion ..........   $
Transactional income: 

Gain on loan sales .............................................    
Gain on sale of real estate owned .....................    
Other noninterest income (loss) ........................    
Accelerated accretion and loan fees  .................    
Total transactional income ............................    
Total  .........................................................   $

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

Income 

    Return (1) 

Income 

     Return (1) 

(Dollars in thousands) 

17,382     

8.02%   $

17,327      

8.48%

-     
23     
12      
7,256     
7,291     
24,673     

0.00%    
0.01%    
0.00%    
3.35%    
3.36%    
11.38%   $

190      
607       
(69)     
9,173      
9,901      
27,228      

0.09%
0.30%
-0.03%
4.49%
4.85%
13.33%

(1)  The total return on purchased loans represents scheduled accretion, accelerated accretion, gains on asset sales, gains
on  real  estate  owned  and  other  noninterest  income  recorded  during  the  period  divided  by  the  average  invested
balance,  on  an  annualized  basis.  The  total  return  does  not  include  the  effect  of  purchased  loan  charge-offs  or 
recoveries in the quarter.  

(cid:2)  An increase of $901 thousand in the provision for loan losses principally due to two loans which were provided for

in the second quarter and increased volume of newly originated loans.  

(cid:2)  An increase of $684 thousand in noninterest income, principally resulting from an increase of $1.4 million in gains
realized on sale of portfolio loans. The year ended June 30, 2016 includes gains realized on sale of SBA loans of 
$4.2 million. The increase is offset by a decrease of $193 thousand in gains realized on sale of residential loans held
for sale due to lower volume, as well as a decrease of $683 thousand in gain recognized on real estate owned and 
other repossessed collateral, net. 

(cid:2)  An increase of $1.2 million in noninterest expense, principally due to an increase of $731 thousand in salaries and
employee benefits from increased employee head count and higher employee benefits costs. Additionally, there was 
an increase of $428 thousand in other expense, attributable to the valuation of SBA servicing rights. 

30 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
    
   
      
  
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
  
      
        
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Net Interest Income  

The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods 
indicated: 

2016

     Interest     Average  

   Average      Income/     Yield/
   Balance      Expense     Rate

Year Ended June 30,
2015

2014

    Interest     Average        

     Interest     Average  

  Average     Income/     Yield/
  Balance     Expense     Rate

(Dollars in thousands)

      Average      Income/     Yield/
      Balance      Expense     Rate

Assets: 
Interest-earning assets: 

Investment securities ..............................   $ 100,503     $ 
930      
Loans (1) (2) (3) ......................................     664,902        45,921      
Regulatory stock .....................................     
2,960       
113      
Short-term investments (4) .....................      91,563       
343      
Total interest-earning assets ........................     859,928        47,307      
Cash and due from banks ............................     
3,596       
Other non-interest earning assets ................      35,607       
Total assets ..................................................   $ 899,131       

Liabilities & Shareholders' Equity: 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 

NOW accounts ........................................   $  68,304     $ 
182      
Money market accounts ..........................     212,102        1,845      
Savings accounts .....................................      36,062       
48      
Time deposits ..........................................     349,978        3,952     
Total interest-bearing deposits ....................     666,446        6,027      
Short-term borrowings  ...........................     
20      
Borrowed funds .......................................      32,432        1,094      
Subordinated debt ...................................     
651      
Capital lease obligations .........................     
63     
Total interest-bearing liabilities ..................     710,516        7,855      

8,762       
1,242       

1,634       

0.93%  $108,204    $
913     
6.91%    561,340      43,456     
67     
3.82%   
4,102      
0.37%    92,354     
225     
5.50%    766,000      44,661     
2,704     
    33,741     
  $802,445     

0.84%  $ 115,849    $  1,048      
7.74%    495,113       37,009      
1.63%    
5,620       
123      
0.24%     78,838       
191      
5.83%    695,420       38,371      
2,876       
         33,958       
      $ 732,254      

0.27%  $ 63,181    $
0.87%    133,266     
0.13%    34,495     
1.13%    340,046     
0.90%    570,988     
1.22%   
2,578     
3.37%    45,661     
8,531     
7.43%   
5.07%   
1,457     
1.11%    629,215     

162     
1,002     
46     
3,800     
5,010     
29     
1,389     
718     
74     
7,220     

0.26%  $  61,146     $ 
162      
0.75%     85,333       
447      
0.13%     34,391       
44      
1.12%    314,848       3,470      
0.88%    495,718       4,123      
1.12%    
2,230       
24      
3.04%     58,468        1,658     
8,352       
8.42%    
765      
5.08%    
1,643      
83     
1.15%    566,411       6,653      

0.90%
7.47%
2.19%
0.24%
5.52%

0.26%
0.52%
0.13%
1.10%
0.83%
1.08%
2.98%
9.16%
5.05%
1.18%

Non-interest bearing liabilities: 
Demand deposits and escrow accounts .......      67,041       
Other liabilities ............................................     
7,252       
Total liabilities .............................................     784,809       
Shareholders' equity ....................................     114,322       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .....   $ 899,131       

    54,940     
5,913     
    690,068     
    112,377     
  $802,445     

         50,890       
2,319      
        619,620      
        112,634      
      $ 732,254      

Net interest income ......................................     

      $ 39,452     

     $ 37,441     

     $ 31,718      

Interest rate spread .......................................     
Net interest margin (5) ................................     

4.39%   
4.59%   

4.68%    
4.89%    

4.34%
4.56%

(1)  Interest income and yield are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis using a 34% tax rate.
(2)  Includes loans held for sale. 
(3)  Nonaccrual loans are included in the computation of average, but unpaid interest has not been included for purposes of determining interest income.
(4)  Short term investments include FHLBB overnight deposits and other interest-bearing deposits.
(5)  Net interest margin is calculated as net income divided by total interest-earning assets. 

31 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
    
  
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
      
  
   
      
        
      
  
      
  
      
      
  
      
  
      
      
  
  
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
  
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
      
  
      
      
  
      
  
   
      
        
      
  
      
  
      
      
  
      
  
      
      
  
      
  
      
      
  
  
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
  
   
        
  
  
      
       
       
 
     
       
       
         
        
       
 
        
      
      
      
       
      
        
      
      
      
       
      
  
 
 
 
The following table presents the extent to which changes in volume and interest rates of interest earning assets and interest 
bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information 
is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by 
prior period rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (iii) 
changes attributable to a combination of changes in rate and volume (change in rates multiplied by the changes in volume). 
Changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to 
volume and the changes due to rate. 

Year Ended June 30, 2016 
Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2015 
Change Due to 
Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Change Due to 
Volume 

Total Change 

Interest earning assets: 

Investment securities  ...................................................   $
Loans  ...........................................................................    
Regulatory stock ...........................................................    
Short-term investments  ................................................    
Total increase (decrease) in interest income .................    

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing deposits ...............................................    
Short-term borrowings  .................................................    
Borrowed funds ............................................................    
Subordinated debt .........................................................    
Capital lease obligations ...............................................    
Total increase in interest expense .................................    

Total increase (decrease) in net interest and 

(68)   $
7,471     
(23)    
(2)    
7,378     

793     
(12)    
(434)    
19     
(11)    
355     

85    $ 
(5,006)     
69      
120      
(4,732)     

224      
3      
139      
(86)     
-      
280      

dividend income ....................................................   $

7,023    $

(5,012)   $ 

17 
2,465 
46 
118 
2,646 

1,017 
(9)
(295)
(67)
(11)
635 

2,011 

Year Ended June 30, 2015 
Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2014 
Change Due to 
Rate  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Change Due to 
Volume  

Total Change  

Interest earning assets: 

Investment securities ....................................................   $
Loans ............................................................................    
Regulatory stock ...........................................................    
Short-term investments .................................................    
Total increase in interest income ..................................    

Interest bearing liabilities: 

Interest bearing deposits ...............................................    
Short-term borrowings ..................................................    
Borrowed funds ............................................................    
Subordinated debt .........................................................    
Capital lease obligations ...............................................    
Total increase in interest expense .................................    
Total increase in net interest and dividend income ...   $

(67)   $
5,090     
(29)    
33     
5,027     

612     
4     
(314)    
16     
(9)    
309     
4,718    $

(68)   $ 
1,357      
(27)     
1      
1,263      

275      
1      
45      
(63)     
-      
258      
1,005    $ 

(135)
6,447 
(56)
34 
6,290 

887 
5 
(269)
(47)
(9)
567 
5,723 

For the year ended June 30, 2016, the $7.0 million volume-related change in net interest income was mainly the result of the 
significant increase in loans, which grew by $103.6 million on average compared to fiscal 2015. The rate-related change in 
fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was principally due to the purchased loan yield differential, and a decline in yields on 
the originated loan portfolios. For fiscal 2016, the net interest margin earned of 4.59% was 30 basis points lower than that 
earned for the year ended June 30, 2015, principally due to the decrease in transactional income on purchased loans. 

The Company’s total cost of funds improved to 1.01% in fiscal 2016, down from 1.06% in fiscal 2015, principally due to the 
payoff of interest-bearing liabilities in fiscal 2016. 

32 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
 
      
        
        
 
  
  
 
 
Provision for Loan Losses  

Quarterly, the Company determines the amount of its allowance for loan losses adequate to provide for losses inherent in the 
Company's loan portfolios, with the provision for loan losses determined by the net periodic change in the allowance for loan 
losses.  For  acquired  loans  accounted  for  under  ASC  310-30,  Receivables—Loans  and  Debt  Securities  Acquired  with 
Deteriorated  Credit  Quality  ("ASC  310-30"),  a  provision  for  loan  loss  is  recorded  when  estimates  of  future  cash  flows 
decrease due to credit deterioration.  

The provision for loan losses for periods subsequent to the Merger reflects the impact of adjusting loans to their then fair 
values, as well as the elimination of the allowance for loan losses in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting. 
Subsequent to the Merger, the provision for loan losses has been recorded based on estimates of inherent losses in newly 
originated loans and for incremental reserves required for pre-merger loans based on estimates of deteriorated credit quality 
post-merger.  

The provision for loan losses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 was $1.6 million. This compares to a provision for loan 
losses of $717 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for loan losses was $2.4 
million  and  $1.9  million,  respectively,  and  the  ratio  of  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  total  loans  was  0.34%  and  0.31%, 
respectively.  

Net  charge-offs  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016  totaled  $1.2  million,  representing  approximately  0.18%  of  the 
Company's average portfolio loan balance during the fiscal year. This compares to $158 thousand, or 0.03%, in fiscal 2015, 
representing an increase of $1.0 million in fiscal 2016. The increase was principally due to two loans which were provided 
for in the second quarter, and subsequently charged off. 

For additional information on the allowance for loan losses, see "Asset Quality." 

Noninterest Income  

Noninterest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 totaled $7.8 million, an increase of $684 thousand, or 9.6%, from 
fiscal 2015. When compared to fiscal 2015, the increase was principally due to the following: 

(cid:2)  An increase of $1.4 million in gains realized on sale of portfolio loans. The year ended June 30, 2016 includes gains 
realized on sale of SBA loans of $4.2 million, compared to a $2.8 million gain on sale of SBA loans and LASG 
purchased loans in the year ended June 30, 2015; and  

(cid:2)  A $683 thousand decrease in net gain recognized on real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net.  

Noninterest Expense  

Noninterest expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 totaled $33.8 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 3.7%, from 
fiscal 2015. When compared to fiscal 2015, the increase was principally due to the following: 

(cid:2)  An increase of $731 thousand in salaries and employee benefit costs, principally due to increased employee head

count, as well as higher employee benefits; and 

(cid:2)  An increase of $428 thousand in other expense, which is primarily attributed to the valuation of SBA servicing rights.

Income Taxes  

Income tax expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 totaled $4.1 million, representing 35.0% of pretax income, as 
compared to $4.0 million, or 35.9% of pretax income, in fiscal 2015. The decrease in the Company's effective tax rate was 
principally due to the adoption of ASU 2014-01, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting 
for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects ("ASU 2014-01") in fiscal 2016 and changes in state apportionment. 
See Note 1 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report for impact related to the 
adoption of ASU 2014-01. 

33 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Financial Condition  

Overview  

The Company's total assets grew to $986.2 million at June 30, 2016, representing an increase of $135.5 million, or 15.9%, 
compared to $850.7 million at June 30, 2015. Significant changes in the Company's balance sheet components include: 

(cid:2)  The loan portfolio – excluding loans held for sale – has grown by $80.3 million, or 13.1%, compared to June 30,
2015, principally on the strength of $81.6 million of net growth in commercial loans purchased or originated by the
LASG, net growth of $15.5 million in originations by the SBA Division and net growth of $3.9 million in commercial
originations by the Community Banking Division. The total net growth was offset by a pay down of one secured
loan to a broker-dealer for $12.0 million in the LASG portfolio and a $20.9 million decrease in the Community
Banking Division residential and consumer loan portfolio; 

(cid:2)  Deposits increased $125.7 million, or 18.6%, primarily due to growth in non-maturity accounts of $120.3 million, 

or 36.6%, and growth in time deposits of $5.4 million, or 1.6%; and 

(cid:2)  Shareholders’ equity increased by $3.9 million from June 30, 2015, due principally to earnings of $7.6 million, offset
by $3.4 million in share repurchases (representing 322,900 shares). Additionally, there was an increase in stock-
based  compensation  of  $613  thousand,  offset  by  a  decrease  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  of  $618
thousand and $380 thousand in dividends paid on common stock.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents increased $61.3 million, or 68.2%, to $151.2 million at June 30, 2016 as compared to $89.9 million 
at June 30, 2015. This increase was principally the result of net deposit growth of $125.7 million and the issuance of $15.05 
million of subordinated notes in fiscal 2016, partially offset by net loan growth of $80.3 million.  

Investments Securities  

The available-for-sale securities portfolio totaled $100.6 million and $101.9 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 
The  Company's  investment  portfolio  was  comprised  primarily  of  U.S.  Government-sponsored  enterprise  bonds  and 
mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by government agencies. Generally, funds retained by the Company as a result of 
increases in deposits or decreases in loans, to the extent not immediately deployed by the Bank, are invested in securities 
held in its investment portfolio, which serves as a source of liquidity for the Company. The composition of the Company's 
securities portfolio at the dates indicated follows.  

June 30, 2016 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair  
Value 

June 30, 2015 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair  
Value 
(Dollars in thousands) 

June 30, 2014 

Amortized  
Cost 

Fair  
Value 

U.S. Government agency securities .   $ 
Agency mortgage-backed securities .     
Other investment measured at net 

51,948    $
43,330     

52,046    $
43,368     

48,191    $
54,553     

48,230    $ 
53,678      

48,415    $
66,744     

48,418 
65,463 

asset value ....................................     

5,097     
  $  100,375    $

5,158     
100,572    $

-     
102,744    $

-      

-     
101,908    $  115,159    $

- 
113,881 

34 

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
 
  
  
   
   
   
    
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
The  table  below  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  contractual  maturities  and  weighted  average  yields  of  the 
Company’s securities portfolio at June 30, 2016. Actual maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual 
maturities due both to scheduled amortization and prepayments.  

   Within One Year       

Fair 
Value       Yield       

After One Year 
Through Five 
Years 

After Five Years 
Through Ten 
Years 

     After Ten Years       

Total 

Fair 
Value      Yield      

Fair 
Value      Yield      
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
Value       Yield       

Fair 
Value      Yield    

U.S. Government agency 

securities .......................   $ 12,014        0.54%   $ 40,032      

0.83%  $

-     

0.00%  $

-       0.00%   $ 52,046     

0.76%

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities .......................     

-       0.00%     
-     
  $ 12,014        0.54%   $ 40,032     

0.00%    19,797     
0.83%  $ 19,797     

0.85%    23,571       1.30%      43,368     
0.85%  $ 23,571       1.30%   $ 95,414     

1.09%
0.91%

The other investment measured at net asset value has no scheduled maturity date. However, the Company’s investment can 
be redeemed daily at the closing net asset value. 

Management  reviews  the  portfolio  of  investments  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  determine  if  there  have  been  any  other-than-
temporary declines in value. No other-than-temporary impairment expense was recognized during fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015. 

Loans  

Loans, including loans held-for-sale, totaled $700.0 million at June 30, 2016, compared to $621.2 million at June 30, 2015. 
The increase of $78.8 million, or 12.7%, at June 30, 2016, was principally due to net increases of $77.9 million in commercial 
real estate and $22.8 million in commercial and industrial, offset by a net decrease of $18.7 million in residential loans, $1.7 
million in consumer loans and $1.5 million in loans held for sale. During fiscal 2016, the LASG purchased $100.0 million in 
loans, consisting principally of commercial real estate loans. Additionally, during fiscal 2016, the LASG originated $110.6 
million in loans. 

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio (excluding loans held-for-sale) at the dates indicated is as follows:  

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

June 30, 2014 

June 30, 2013 

June 30, 2012 

    Percent        

   Percent   
   Amount      of Total       Amount   of Total     Amount   of Total     Amount     of Total       Amount   of Total  
(Dollars in thousands) 

    Percent        

   Percent      

   Percent      

Residential real estate  ...    $ 113,962       16.46%   $ 132,669    21.67% $ 148,634    28.79% $ 127,829       29.36%   $ 137,571    38.61%
Commercial real estate  ..       426,568       61.60%      348,676    56.96%   316,098    61.21%   264,490       60.75%      181,922    51.07%
Commercial and 

5.51%
industrial ......................       145,956       21.08%      123,133    20.12%  
Consumer and other  ......      
4.81%
1.25%  
Total loans .....................       692,436      100.00%      612,137    100.00%   516,416    100.00%   435,376      100.00%      356,254    100.00%
Less: Allowance for loan 

6.83%      19,612   
3.06%      17,149   

29,720      
13,337      

41,800   
9,884   

8.09%  
1.91%  

0.86%     

5,950      

7,659   

losses ...........................      

2,350      
Loans, net .......................    $ 690,086      

1,926   
      $ 610,211   

1,367   
     $ 515,049   

1,143      
     $ 434,233      

824   
      $ 355,430   

35 

 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
    
    
     
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
      
      
        
   
   
 
 
 
The Company’s loan portfolio (excluding loans held-for-sale) by lending division follows: 

June 30, 2016 

Community 
Banking 
Division 

LASG 

    SBA Division    
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Percent of 
Total 

Originated loans: 

Residential real estate ....................   $ 
Home equity ..................................     
Commercial real estate: non-

93,258    $
18,012     

-    $
-     

133    $
-     

93,391      
18,012      

13.49%
2.60%

owner occupied ..........................     

49,514     

52,744     

5,639     

107,897      

15.58%

Commercial real estate: owner 

occupied ....................................     
Commercial and industrial .............     
Consumer  ......................................     
Subtotal ......................................     

Purchased loans: 

Residential real estate ....................     
Commercial real estate: non-

owner occupied ..........................     

Commercial real estate: owner 

occupied ....................................     
Commercial and industrial .............     
Subtotal ......................................     
Total ...........................................   $ 

20,578     
16,069     
5,950     
203,381     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
203,381    $

46,727     
123,447     
-     
222,918     

2,559     

142,286     

94,666     
198     
239,709     
462,627    $

14,414     
6,242     
-     
26,428     

81,719      
145,758      
5,950      
452,727      

11.80%
21.05%
0.86%
65.38%

-     

-     

2,559      

0.37%

142,286      

20.55%

-     
-     
-     
26,428    $

94,666      
198      
239,709      
692,436      

13.67%
0.03%
34.62%
100.00%

June 30, 2015 

Community 
Banking 
Division 

LASG 

    SBA Division    
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Percent of 
Total 

Originated loans: 

Residential real estate ....................   $ 
Home equity ..................................     
Commercial real estate: non-

106,138    $
24,326     

137    $
-     

-    $
-     

106,275       
24,326       

17.37%
3.97%

owner occupied ..........................     

48,933     

53,051     

3,865     

105,849       

17.29%

Commercial real estate: owner 

occupied ....................................     
Commercial and industrial .............     
Consumer  ......................................     
Subtotal ......................................     

Purchased loans: 

Residential real estate ....................     
Commercial real estate: non-

owner occupied ..........................     

Commercial real estate: owner 

occupied ....................................     
Commercial and industrial .............     
Subtotal ......................................     
Total ...........................................   $ 

21,657     
11,597     
7,659     
220,310     

-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
220,310    $

16,507     
108,577     
-     
178,272     

2,068     

128,182     

72,069     
273     
202,592     
380,864    $

4,461     
2,637     
-     
10,963     

42,625       
122,811       
7,659       
409,545       

6.96%
20.06%
1.25%
66.90%

-     

-     

2,068       

0.34%

128,182       

20.94%

-     
-     
-     
10,963    $

72,069       
273       
202,592       
612,137       

11.77%
0.05%
33.10%
100.00%

36 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the scheduled maturity of the Company’s loan portfolio at June 30, 2016. Demand loans, 
loans having no stated repayment schedule, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in less than one year.  

Within One 
Year  

Mortgages: 

Residential: 

    After One Year    
Through Five 
Years 

Scheduled Loan Maturities 
After Five 
Years 
Through Ten 
Years 
(Dollars in thousands) 

After Ten 
Years 

Originated  ......................    $
Purchased  .......................      

856    $
7     

Commercial: 

Originated  ......................      
Purchased  .......................      

21,609     
36,510     

4,374     $
250      

52,417      
81,865      

8,808    $
1,125      

57,496      
22,937      

85,815     $
1,177       

58,095       
95,641       

Non-mortgage loans: 

Commercial:  

Originated  ......................      
Purchased  .......................      
Consumer and other .............     
Total loans ...............................   $

75,776     
-     
1,118     
135,876    $

55,040      
198      
8,463      
202,607     $

11,934      
-     
4,995      
107,295     $

3,008       
-       
2,922       
246,658     $

Total 

99,853 
2,559  

189,617 
236,953 

145,758  
198  
17,498 
692,436  

  Predetermined rate    

Loans Due After One Year, by Interest Rate Type 
Floating or 
Adjustable 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Mortgages: 

Residential: 

Originated  ..........................................................   $
Purchased  ...........................................................    

Commercial: 

Originated  ..........................................................    
Purchased  ...........................................................    

Non-mortgage loans: 

Commercial: 

Originated  ..........................................................    
Purchased  ...........................................................    
Consumer and other ................................................    
Total ...........................................................................   $

53,730     $
1,125      

15,654      
78,329      

20,016      
-     
5,717     
174,571    $

45,267     $ 
1,427       

152,354       
122,113       

49,966       
198       
10,664       
381,989    $ 

98,997  
2,552  

168,008 
200,442  

69,982  
198  
16,381 
556,560 

Approximately 62.7% of total portfolio loans at June 30, 2016, were variable rate products, compared to 54.4% at June 30, 
2015.  

Certain  purchased  loans  have  been  identified  as  having  evidence  of  credit  deterioration  since  their  origination,  and  it  is 
probable that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Purchased loans are 
accounted for using the measurement provisions set forth in ASC 310-30. The nonaccretable difference represents a loan's 
contractually required payments receivable in excess of the amount of cash flows expected to be collected. Improvements in 
expected cash flows result in prospective yield adjustments. The effect of a decrease in expected cash flows due to further 
credit deterioration are recorded through the allowance for loan losses.  

Other Assets  

The cash surrender value of the Company's BOLI assets increased $449 thousand, or 2.9%, to $15.7 million at June 30, 2016, 
compared to $15.3 million at June 30, 2015. BOLI assets are invested in the general account of three insurance companies 
and in separate accounts of a fourth insurance company. A general account policy's cash surrender value is supported by the 
general assets of the insurance company. A separate account policy's cash surrender value is supported by assets segregated 
from the general assets of the insurance company. Standard and Poor's rated these companies A+ or better at June 30, 2016. 
Interest earnings, net of mortality costs, increase the cash surrender value. These interest earnings are based on interest rates 

37 

 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
     
  
      
  
 
  
  
   
   
   
    
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
      
        
         
 
  
  
  
  
that reset each year, and are subject to minimum guaranteed rates. These increases in cash surrender value are recognized in 
other income and are not subject to income taxes. Management considers BOLI an illiquid asset. BOLI represented 11.0% 
of the Company's total capital at June 30, 2016.  

Intangible assets totaled $1.7 million and $2.2 million at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. The $477 thousand 
decrease was the result of core deposit intangible amortization during fiscal 2016.  

Deposits  

The Company's principal source of funding is its core deposit accounts. At June 30, 2016, core deposits, which the Company 
defines as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits, represented 100% of total deposits.  

Total deposits increased $125.7 million to $800.4 million as of June 30, 2016 from $674.8 million as of June 30, 2015. The 
increase mainly resulted from the increase in money market accounts attracted through the Community Banking Division. 

The following tables set forth certain information relative to the composition of the Company's average deposit accounts and 
the weighted average interest rate on each category of deposits for the periods indicated:  

Average 
Balance 

Year Ended June 30, 2016 
Weighted  
Average Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

   Percent of Total 
   Average Deposits    

Non-interest bearing demand deposits and escrow 

accounts  .................................................................   $
Regular savings ..........................................................    
NOW accounts ...........................................................    
Money market accounts .............................................    
Time deposits  ............................................................    
Total average deposits  ...............................................   $

67,041     
36,062     
68,304     
212,102     
349,978     
733,487     

0.00%     
0.13%     
0.27%     
0.87%     
1.13%     
0.82%     

9.14%
4.92%
9.31%
28.92%
47.71%
100.00%

Year Ended June 30, 2015 

Year Ended June 30, 2014 

Average 
Balance 

     Weighted      
Average 
Rate 

Percent of 
Total 
Average 
Deposits 

Average 
Balance 
(Dollars in thousands) 

    Weighted        
Average 
Rate 

Percent of 
Total 
Average 
Deposits 

Non-interest bearing 

demand deposits and 
escrow accounts  ............   $
Regular savings .................     
NOW accounts ..................     
Money market accounts ....     
Time deposits  ...................     
Total average deposits  ......   $

54,940       
34,495       
63,181       
133,266       
340,046       
625,928       

0.00%   
0.13%   
0.26%   
0.75%   
1.12%   
0.79%   

8.78%  $
5.51%   
10.09%   
21.29%   
54.33%   
100.00%  $

50,890      
34,391      
61,146      
85,333      
314,848      
546,608      

0.00%   
0.14%   
0.26%   
0.52%   
1.10%   
0.75%   

9.31%
6.29%
11.19%
15.61%
57.60%
100.00%

There were no time deposits greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2016, and there were $569 thousand of time deposits 
greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2015. The scheduled maturity of deposits greater than or equal to $100 thousand 
is set forth below: 

3 months or less ................................................................................................................................   $ 
Over 3 through 6 months ..................................................................................................................     
Over 6 through 12 months ................................................................................................................     
Over 12 months ................................................................................................................................     
Total time certificates greater than or equal to $100 thousand  ........................................................   $ 

June 30, 2016 
   (Dollars in thousands)  
45,744 
52,597 
86,933 
93,627 
278,901 

38 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
  
  
 
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
Borrowings 

FHLBB advances, subordinated debt, and junior subordinated debentures have been the Company's sources of funding other 
than deposits. In fiscal 2016, total borrowings increased by $2.2 million, or 4.3%, to $53.4 million.  

Advances from the FHLBB were $30.1 million and $30.2 million at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. Pledges 
of residential real estate loans, certain commercial real estate loans and certain FHLBB deposits free of liens or pledges are 
required  to  secure  outstanding  advances  and  available  additional  borrowing  capacity  from  the  FHLBB.  There  were  no 
wholesale repurchase agreements at June 30, 2016 and $10.0 million at June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016, the Company had 
no pledged investment securities.   

There were no short-term borrowings at June 30, 2016, compared to $2.3 million at June 30, 2015. At June 30, 2016, the 
Company had $23.4 million of letters of credit issued by the FHLBB for certain customer relationships.  

On June 29, 2016, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited 
investors pursuant to which the Company sold and issued $15.05 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% fixed-to-
floating subordinated notes due 2026. 

There were no balances outstanding at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for advances under the Federal Reserve Discount 
Window Borrower-in-custody program. The available credit under the program was $1.9 million and $2.2 million at June 30, 
2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively, with the decrease in fiscal 2016 attributable to payoffs of consumer loans pledged as 
collateral.  

The Company had junior subordinated debentures issued to affiliated trusts totaling $8.8 million and $8.6 million at June 30, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. See “Capital” below for more information on our junior subordinated debentures and affiliated 
trusts.  

Asset Quality  

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable loan losses 
based upon evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by providing for loan 
losses through a charge to expense and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-
off.  

39 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
At June 30, 2016, the allowance for loan losses totaled $2.4 million, or 0.34% of total loans, as compared to $1.9 million, or 
0.31% of total loans, at June 30, 2015. The year over year increase in the Company’s allowance for losses was principally 
the  result of  loan growth.  The  following  table  sets  forth activity  in  Company’s  allowance for  loan  losses  for  the periods 
indicated.  

   Year Ended     
   June 30, 2016    

  Year Ended     
  June 30, 2015    

  Year Ended     
  June 30, 2014    
(Dollars in thousands) 

  Year Ended     
  June 30, 2013    

  Year Ended     
  June 30, 2012    

Allowance at beginning of period  ...............................   $ 

1,926  

  $

1,367  

  $

1,143   

  $ 

824  

  $

Loans charged-off during the period: 

Residential real estate  .........................................     
Commercial real estate  .......................................     
Commercial and industrial  .................................     
Consumer and other  ...........................................     
Total loans charged-off  ......................................     

Recoveries on loans previously charged-off: 

Residential real estate  .........................................     
Commercial real estate  .......................................     
Commercial and industrial  .................................     
Consumer and other  ...........................................     
Total recoveries  ..................................................     
Net loans charged off during the period ......................     
Provision for loan losses  .............................................     
Allowance at end of period  .........................................   $ 

Total loans at end of period (1) ......................................   $ 
Average loans outstanding during the period (1) ..........     
Allowance as a percentage of total loans  ....................     
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding      
Allowance as a percentage of non-performing loans ...     

134  
988  
77  
66  
1,265  

35  
5  
14  
17  
71  
1,194  
1,618  
2,350  

692,436  
659,995  

  $

  $

207  
-  
3  
28  
238  

24  
1  
34  
21  
80  
158  
717  
1,926  

612,137  
555,073  

  $

  $

267   
26   
43   
69   
405   

63   
2  
8   
25   
98  
307  
531  
1,367   

516,416  
488,172  

  $ 

  $ 

369  
135  
203  
148  
855  

6  
10  
7  
29  
52  
803  
1,122  
1,143  

435,376  
376,660  

  $

  $

0.34%    
0.18%    
30.02%    

0.31%    
0.03%    
18.41%    

0.26%     
0.06%     
18.66%     

0.26%    
0.21%    
23.54%    

437  

248  
26  
17  
352  
643  

3  
-  
44  
37  
84  
559  
946  
824  

356,254  
333,053  
0.23%
0.17%
13.48%

   (1)  Amounts and resulting ratios exclude loans held for sale 

The following table allocates the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total 
loans at the dates indicated below.  

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015

June 30, 2014

June 30, 2013  

June 30, 2012 

Percent of 
Loans  
to Total 
Loans       

Amount      

Percent of 
Loans 
to Total 
Loans

Amount     

Amount    

Percent of 
Loans 
to Total 
Loans
(Dollars in thousands)

Amount    

Percent of 
Loans 
to Total 
Loans       

Percent of 
Loans 
to Total 
Loans

Amount    

Residential real 

estate ...............   $ 

Commercial real 

estate ...............     

Commercial and 

industrial  ........     
Consumer  ............     
Unallocated ..........     
Total .....................   $ 

663      

16.46%  $ 

741     

21.67%  $

580     

28.79%  $

594     

29.36%  $ 

214     

38.61%

1,328      

61.60%    

976     

56.96%   

625     

61.21%   

249     

60.75%    

93     

51.07%

297      
62      
-      

21.08%    
0.86%    
0.00%    
2,350       100.00%  $ 

118     
35     
56     
1,926     

20.12%   
1.25%   
0.00%   
100.00%  $

48     
79     
35     
1,367     

8.09%   
1.91%   
0.00%   
100.00%  $

70     
189     
41     
1,143     

6.83%    
3.06%    
0.00%    
100.00%  $ 

292     
225     
-     
824     

5.51%
4.81%
0.00%
100.00%

40 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
      
  
      
  
       
  
      
  
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
       
  
      
  
      
  
       
  
      
  
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
   
   
    
   
  
       
  
      
  
      
  
       
  
      
  
   
   
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
      
  
     
 
 
 
 
The following table reflects the annual trend of total loans 30 days or more past due, as a percentage of total loans at June 30:  

Past due loans to total loans ...     

1.00%   

1.08%   

1.14%   

1.68%     

1.95%

2016 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Non-performing Assets  

The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of the Company’s non-performing assets at the dates indicated:  

June 30, 
2016 

June 30, 
2015 

June 30, 
June 30, 
2013 
2014 
(Dollars in thousands) 

June 30, 
2012 

Nonperforming loans: 
Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....................................   $
Commercial real estate ..................................    
Home equity ..................................................    
Commercial and industrial  ...........................    
Consumer  .....................................................    
Total originated portfolio .....................................    
Purchased portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....................................    
Commercial real estate ..................................    
Total purchased portfolio .....................................    
Total nonperforming loans ...................................    
Real estate owned and other repossessed 

collateral ...........................................................    
Total nonperforming assets ..................................   $
Nonperforming loans that are current ..................   $

2,613     $
474      
48      
17      
163      
3,315      

1,125      
3,387      
4,512      
7,827      

3,021     $
994      
11      
2      
190      
4,218      

-      
6,532      
6,532      
10,750      

1,652      
9,479     $
2,271     $

1,651      
12,401     $
484     $

1,743      $
1,162        
160        
5        
139        
3,209        

-       
4,116        
4,116        
7,325        

1,991        
9,316      $
651      $

2,346     $
473      
334      
110      
136      
3,399      

-      
1,457      
1,457      
4,856      

2,134      
6,990     $
887     $

3,090   
417   
220   
1,008   
324   
5,059   

-  
1,055   
1,055   
6,114   

834   
6,948   
377   

Non-performing loans to total loans .....................    
Non-performing assets to total assets ...................    

1.13%   
0.96%   

1.76%   
1.46%   

1.42%    
1.22%    

1.12%   
1.04%   

1.72%
1.04%

At June 30, 2016, the Company had $9.5 million of nonperforming assets, or 0.96% of total assets, compared to $12.4 million 
of nonperforming assets, or 1.5% of total assets, as of June 30, 2015. The decrease in nonperforming assets in fiscal 2016 
was principally associated with a decrease in purchased commercial real estate loans on nonaccrual.  

Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”) represent loans for which concessions (such as extension of repayment terms or 
reductions of interest rates to below market rates) are granted due to a borrower's financial condition. Such concessions may 
include reductions of interest rates to below-market terms and/or extension of repayment terms. The balances and payment 
status of TDRs follow: 

Nonaccrual .......................................................................   $
Accrual .............................................................................    
Total TDRs .......................................................................   $

1,152    $
7,036     
8,188    $

2,131    $ 
6,365      
8,496    $ 

2,117 
4,057 
6,174 

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 
(Dollars in thousands) 

June 30, 2014 

At June 30, 2016, the Company had real estate owned and other repossessed collateral of $1.7 million, with no net change 
from June 30, 2015. The real estate and personal property collateral for commercial and consumer loans are written down to 
fair value upon transfer to acquired assets. Revenues and expenses are recognized in the period when received or incurred on 
other real estate and in substance foreclosures. Gains and losses on disposition are recognized in noninterest income.  

We continue to focus on asset quality and allocate significant resources to credit policy, loan review, asset management, 
collection, and workout functions. Despite this ongoing effort, there can be no assurance that adverse changes in the real 
estate markets and economic conditions will not result in higher non-performing assets levels in the future and negatively 
impact our results of operations through higher provision for loan losses, net loan charge-offs, decreased accrual of income 
and increased noninterest expenses.  

41 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
    
     
    
  
  
   
  
    
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
         
         
  
 
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
Potential Problem Loans  

Commercial real estate and commercial loans are periodically evaluated under a ten-point rating system. These ratings are 
guidelines in assessing the risk of a particular loan. The Company had $6.2 million and $8.9 million of loans rated substandard 
or worse at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively, a decrease primarily attributable to upgraded purchased loans. 
The following tables present the Company's loans by risk rating.  

June 30, 2016 

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial 
and Industrial

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
  $ 

186,165    $
2,493     
958     
-     
-     
189,616    $

Commercial 
Real Estate 

Originated Portfolio 
Commercial 
and Industrial

Pass (1- 6) ..........................................   $ 
Special mention (7) ...........................     
Substandard (8) .................................     
Doubtful (9) .......................................     
Loss (10) ...........................................     
  $ 

142,321    $
4,417     
1,687     
-     
-     
148,425    $

Residential  
Real Estate(1)  
(Dollars in thousands) 
7,659    $
431     
537     
23     
-     
8,650    $

142,451    $
3,290     
17     
-     
-     
145,758    $

June 30, 2015 

Residential  
Real Estate(1)  
(Dollars in thousands) 
8,049    $
634     
429     
23     
-     
9,135    $

122,829    $
31     
-     
-     
-     
122,860    $

Purchased 
Portfolio 

Total 

227,895    $
7,147     
4,667     
-     
-     
239,709    $

564,170 
13,361 
6,179 
23 
- 
583,733 

Purchased 
Portfolio 

Total 

190,193    $
5,628     
6,771     
-     
-     
202,592    $

463,392 
10,710 
8,887 
23 
- 
483,012 

(1)  Certain loans made for commercial purposes, but secured by residential collateral, are rated under the Company’s

risk-rating system. 

Risk Management  

Management  and  the  Board of Directors of  the  Company  recognize  that  taking  and  managing  risk  is  fundamental  to  the 
business  of  banking.  Through  the  development,  implementation  and  monitoring  of  its  policies  with  respect  to  risk 
management, the Company strives to measure, evaluate and control the risks it faces. The Board and management understand 
that an effective risk management system is critical to the Company's safety and soundness. Chief among the risks faced by 
us are credit risk, market risk (including interest rate risk), liquidity risk, and operational (transaction) risk.  

Credit Risk  

The Company considers credit risk to be the most significant risk that it faces, in that it has the greatest potential to affect the 
financial condition and operating results of the Company. Credit risk is managed through a combination of policies and limits 
established by the Board, the monitoring of compliance with these policies and limits, and the periodic evaluation of loans in 
the  portfolio,  including  those  with  problem  characteristics.  The  Company  also  utilizes  the  services  of  independent  third-
parties  to  provide  loan  review  services,  which  consist  of  a  variety  of  monitoring  techniques  after  a  loan  is  purchased  or 
originated.  

In general, Northeast's policies establish limits on the maximum amount of credit that may be granted to a single borrower 
(including  affiliates),  the  aggregate  amount  of  loans  outstanding  by  type  in  relation  to  total  assets  and  capital,  and 
concentrations  of  loans  by  size,  property  type,  and  geography.  Underwriting  criteria,  such  as  collateral  and  debt  service 
coverage ratios and approval limits are also specified in loan policies. The Company's policies also address the performance 
of periodic credit reviews, the risk rating of loans, when loans should be placed on non-performing status and factors that 
should be considered in establishing the Bank's allowance for loan losses. For additional information, refer to "Asset Quality" 
above and Item 1, "Business—Lending Activities."  

42 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
   
 
 
 
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Market Risk  

Market risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in market prices and rates, and typically encompasses exposures such 
as sensitivity to changes in market interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and commodity prices. The Company has 
no exposure to foreign currency exchange or commodity price movements. Because net interest income is our primary source 
of revenue, interest rate risk is a significant market risk to which the Company is exposed.  

Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure of future net interest income to adverse movements in interest rates. Net 
interest  income  is  affected  by  changes  in  interest  rates  as  well  as  by  fluctuations  in  the  level,  mix  and  duration  of  the 
Company's assets and liabilities. Over and above the influence that interest rates have on net interest income, changes in rates 
also affect the volume of lending activity, the ability of borrowers to repay loans, the volume of loan prepayments, the flow 
and mix of deposits, and the market value of the Company's assets and liabilities.  

The Company's management has established an Asset Liability Management Committee ("ALCO"), which is responsible for 
managing the Company's interest rate risk in accordance with policies and limits approved by the Board of Directors. With 
regard to management of market risk, the ALCO is charged with managing the Company's mix of assets and funding sources 
to produce results that are consistent with the Company's liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, and profitability goals.  

Exposure to interest rate risk is managed by Northeast through periodic evaluations of the current interest rate risk inherent 
in its rate-sensitive assets and liabilities, coupled with determinations of the level of risk considered appropriate given the 
Company's capital and liquidity requirements, business strategy, and performance objectives. Through such management, 
Northeast  seeks  to  mitigate  the  potential  volatility  in  its  net  interest  income  due  to  changes  in  interest  rates  in  a  manner 
consistent with the risk appetite established by the Board of Directors.  

The ALCO's primary tool for measuring, evaluating, and managing interest rate risk is income simulation analysis. Income 
simulation analysis measures the interest rate risk inherent in the Company's balance sheet at a given point in time by showing 
the effect of interest rate shifts on net interest income over defined time horizons. These simulations take into account the 
specific  repricing,  maturity,  prepayment  and  call  options  of  financial  instruments  that  vary  under  different  interest  rate 
scenarios. The ALCO reviews simulation results to determine whether the exposure to a decline in net interest income remains 
within established tolerance levels over the simulation horizons and to develop appropriate strategies to manage this exposure. 
The Company considers a variety of specified rate scenarios, including instantaneous rate shocks, against static (or flat) rates 
when measuring interest rate risk, and evaluates results over two consecutive twelve-month periods. All changes are measured 
in comparison to the projected net interest income that would result from an "unchanged" scenario, where interest rates remain 
stable over the measured time horizon(s). As of June 30, 2016, the income simulation analysis (as noted in the table below) 
for the first twelve-month period indicated that exposure to changing interest rates fell within the Company's policy levels of 
tolerance.  

While  the  ALCO  reviews  simulation  assumptions  to  ensure  they  are  reasonable,  and  back-tests  simulation  results  on  a 
periodic  basis  as  a  monitoring  tool,  income  simulation  analysis  may  not  always  prove  to  be  an  accurate  indicator  of  the 
Company's interest rate risk or future earnings. There are inherent shortcomings in income simulation, given the number and 
variety of assumptions that must be made to perform it. For example, the projected level of future market interest rates and 
the shape of future interest rate yield curves have a major impact on income simulation results. Many assumptions concerning 
the repricing of financial instruments, the degree to which non-maturity deposits react to changes in market rates, and the 
expected prepayment rates on loans, mortgage-backed securities, and callable debt securities are also inherently uncertain. In 
addition,  as  income  simulation  analysis  assumes  that  the  Company's  balance  sheet  will  remain  static  over  the  simulation 
horizon,  the  results  do  not  reflect  the  Company's  expectations  for  future  balance  sheet  growth,  nor  changes  in  business 
strategy that the Company could implement in response to rate shifts to mitigate its loss exposures. As such, although the 
analysis described above provides an indication of the Company's sensitivity to interest rate changes at a point in time, these 
estimates are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the 
Company's net interest income and will differ from actual results.  

Assuming a 200 basis point increase and 100 basis point decrease in interest rates starting on June 30, 2016, we estimate that 
our net interest income in the following 12 months would increase by 0.4% if rates increased by 200 basis points and decrease 
by 1.6% if rates declined by 100 basis points. These results indicate a modest level of asset sensitivity in our balance sheet. 
An  asset-sensitive  position  indicates  that  there  are  more  rate-sensitive  assets  than  rate-sensitive  liabilities  repricing  or 
maturing within specific time horizons, which would generally imply a favorable impact on net interest income in periods of 
rising interest rates and a negative impact in periods of falling rates. A liability-sensitive position would generally imply a 
negative impact on net interest income in periods of rising rates and a positive impact in periods of falling rates.  

43 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
June 30, 2016 ..............................................................................................    
June 30, 2015 ..............................................................................................    
June 30, 2014 ..............................................................................................    

0.4%     
1.3%     
0.4%     

-1.6%
-0.2%
-1.1%

Up 200 Basis  
Points  

Down 100 Basis 
Points  

Liquidity Risk  

Liquidity risk is defined as the risk associated with an organization's ability to meet current and future financial obligations 
of a short-term nature. The Company uses its liquidity on a regular basis to fund existing and future loan commitments, to 
pay interest on deposits and on borrowings, to fund maturing certificates of deposit and borrowings, to fund other deposit 
withdrawals, to invest in other interest-earning assets, to make dividend payments to shareholders, and to meet operating 
expenses.  The  Company's  primary  sources  of  liquidity  consist  of  deposit  inflows, borrowed  funds,  and  the  amortization, 
prepayment and maturities of loans and securities. While scheduled payments from the amortization and maturities of loans 
and investment securities are relatively predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and loan and investment prepayments can 
be greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. In addition to these regular sources of 
funds, the Company may choose to sell portfolio loans and investment securities to meet liquidity demands.  

We  monitor  and  forecast  our  liquidity  position.  There  are  several  interdependent  methods  used  by  us  for  this  purpose, 
including daily review of Federal Funds positions, monthly review of balance sheet changes, monthly review of liquidity 
ratios,  quarterly  review  of  liquidity  forecasts  and  periodic  review of  contingent  funding  plans.  Using  these  methods,  the 
Company actively manages its liquidity position under the direction of the ALCO.  

The following is a summary of the unused borrowing capacity of the Company at June 30, 2016 available to meet our short-
term funding needs (dollars in thousands):  

Brokered time deposits  ...................................    $
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston  ..............  

Federal Discount Window Borrower-in-

Custody  ......................................................     
Other available lines ........................................     
Total unused borrowing capacity .................    $

246,538  Subject to policy limitation of 25% of total assets 

16,752

Unused advance capacity subject to eligible and qualified 
collateral 

1,936  Unused credit line subject to the pledge of loans 

17,500    
282,726    

Retail deposits and other core deposit sources including deposit listing services are used by the Bank to manage its overall 
liquidity position. While we currently do not seek wholesale funding such as FHLBB advances and brokered deposits, the 
ability to raise them remains an important part of our liquidity contingency planning. While we closely monitor and forecast 
our  liquidity  position,  it  is  affected  by  asset  growth,  deposit  withdrawals  and  meeting  other  contractual  obligations  and 
commitments. The accuracy of our forecast assumptions may increase or decrease our overall available liquidity. To utilize 
the  FHLBB  advance  capacity,  the purchase of  additional  capital  stock  in  the  Federal Home  Loan  Bank of  Boston  in  the 
amount  of  $1.8  million  is  required.  At  June 30,  2016,  the  Bank  had  $365.8 million  of  immediately  accessible  liquidity, 
defined as cash that the Bank reasonably believes could be raised within 7 days through collateralized borrowings, brokered 
deposits  or  security  sales.  This  position  represented  37.1%  of  total  assets.  Further,  at  June 30,  2016,  the  Company  had 
$151.2 million of cash and cash equivalents. This level of balance sheet liquidity is intended, in part, for future purchases of 
commercial real estate loans.  

On  a  parent  company  only  basis,  commitments  and  debt  service  requirements  at  June 30,  2016  consisted  of  junior 
subordinated debentures issued to NBN Capital Trust II, NBN Capital Trust III and NBN Capital Trust IV with a principal 
balance of $16.5 million as well as subordinated debt issued in June 2016 with a principal balance of $15.05 million. See 
Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for carrying values, maturity dates and the use of purchased 
interest rate caps and swaps to hedge the interest expense in periods of rising interest rates. Based on the interest rates at 
June 30, 2016, the annual aggregate payments to meet the debt service of the junior subordinated debentures is approximately 
$412 thousand. In addition, the expected annual interest expense on subordinated notes issued in June 2016 is $1.1 million.  

The principal sources of funds for the Company to meet parent-only obligations are dividends from the Bank, which are 
subject to regulatory limitations, and borrowings from public and private sources. For information on the restrictions on the 
payment of dividends by Northeast Bank, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements in 
this Annual Report.  

44 

 
  
 
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
Operational Risk  

Operational risk, which we define as the risk of loss from failed internal processes, people and systems, and external events, 
is inherent in all of our business activities. The principal ways in which we manage operational risk include the establishment 
of departmental and business-specific policies and procedures, internal controls and monitoring requirements. Some specific 
examples  include  our  information  security  program,  business  continuity  planning  and  testing,  our  vendor  management 
program,  reconciliation  processes,  our  enterprise  risk  assessment  process,  and  new  product  and/or  system  introduction 
processes. Periodic internal audits provide an important independent check on adherence to policies, procedures and controls 
designed to mitigate risk exposure.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the 
financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit 
and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess 
of the amounts recognized in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments 
reflect the extent of the Company's involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the  financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of 
those instruments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any 
condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and 
may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total 
committed amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. To control the credit risk associated with entering 
into commitments and issuing letters of credit, the Company uses the same credit quality, collateral policies, and monitoring 
controls in making commitments and letters of credit as it does with its lending activities.  

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to 
a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to 
customers.  

Unused lines of credit and commitments to extend credit typically result in loans with a market interest rate.  

A summary of the amounts of the Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments with off-balance sheet risk as 
of June 30, 2016 follows:  

Total  

    Less Than     
1 Year  

Payments Due - By Period 
1-3  
Years  
(Dollars in thousands)  

4-5  
     Years  

    After 5  
Years  

Contractual obligations: 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances  ................   $
Junior subordinated debentures  .......................    
Subordinated debt .............................................    
Capital lease obligation ....................................    
Total debt obligations .......................................    
Operating lease obligations  ..............................    
Total contractual obligations  ...........................   $

30,000    $
16,496     
15,050     
1,249     
62,795     
9,269     
72,064    $

25,000    $
-     
-     
306     
25,306     
1,249     
26,555    $

5,000    $
-      
-      
612      
5,612      
2,421      
8,033    $

-    $
-     
-     
331     
331     
2,435     
2,766    $

- 
16,496 
15,050 
- 
31,546 
3,164 
34,710 

Total  

Amount of Commitment Expiring - By Period 
1-3 
    Less Than     
Years  
1 Year  
(Dollars in thousands)  

4-5  
     Years  

    After 5  
Years  

Commitments with off-balance sheet risk: 

Commitments to extend credit  .........................   $
Unused lines of credit .......................................    
Standby letters of credit  ...................................    
Commitment to fund investment ......................    
Total commitments ...........................................   $

44,684    $
58,412     
3,822     
2,500     
109,418    $

44,684    $
12,841     
3,822     
2,500     
63,847    $

-    $
30,070      
-      
-      
30,070    $

-    $
6,765     
-     
-     
6,765    $

- 
8,736 
- 
- 
8,736 

45 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
    
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
 
 
  
   
  
    
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
Capital  

Shareholders’ equity was $116.6 million at June 30, 2016, an increase of $3.9 million from June 30, 2015. The increase was 
due  principally  to  earnings  of  $7.6 million,  and  an  increase  in  stock-based  compensation  of  $613  thousand,  offset  by 
$3.4 million in share repurchases (representing 322,900 shares), a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income of 
$618 thousand and $380 thousand in dividends paid on common stock.  

See  Note 10  of  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  information  on  the  Company's  capital  ratios. 
Regulatory  capital  ratios  for  the  Company  and  the  Bank  currently  exceed  all  applicable  requirements,  including  the 
commitments  made  to  the  Federal  Reserve  and  the  Bureau  in  connection  with  the  merger  with  FHB  Formation  LLC  to 
maintain minimum Tier 1 leverage and total capital ratios of 10% and 15%, respectively.  

Impact of Inflation  

The consolidated financial statements and related notes have been presented in terms of historic dollars without considering 
changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the 
assets  and  virtually  all  of  the  liabilities  of  the  Company  are  monetary  in  nature.  As  a  result,  interest  rates  have  a  more 
significant impact on the Company's performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates 
may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation.  

Impact of New Accounting Standards  

Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement includes the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) 
and the SEC issued statements and interpretations affecting the Company.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

Critical accounting policies are those that involve significant judgments and assessments by management, and that could 
potentially  result  in  materially  different  results  under  different  assumptions  and  conditions.  The  Company  considers  the 
following to be its critical accounting policies:  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses 
charged to earnings. For residential and consumer loans, a charge-off is recorded no later than 180 days past due if the loan 
balance exceeds the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. For commercial loans, a charge-off is recorded on a case-
by-case basis when all or a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to 
the allowance.  

The allowance for loan losses consists of general, specific, and unallocated reserves and reflects management's estimate of 
probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a consistent and systematic 
process and methodology to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The calculation of 
the allowance for loan losses is segregated by portfolio segments, which include: commercial real estate, commercial and 
industrial, consumer, residential real estate, and purchased loans. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are 
as follows:  

Residential  real  estate:  All  loans  in  this  segment  are  collateralized  by  residential  real  estate  and  repayment  is 
primarily dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, particularly 
unemployment rates and housing prices, has a significant effect on the credit quality in this segment. For purposes 
of the Company's allowance for loan loss calculation, home equity loans and lines of credit are included in residential 
real estate.  

Commercial  real  estate:  Loans  in  this  segment  are  primarily  income-producing  properties.  For  owner-occupied 
properties, the cash flows are derived from an operating business, and the underlying cash flows may be adversely 
affected by deterioration in the financial condition of the operating business. The underlying cash flows generated 
by non-owner occupied properties may be adversely affected by increased vacancy rates. Management periodically 
obtains rent rolls, with which it monitors the cash flows of these loans. Adverse developments in either of these 
areas will have an adverse effect on the credit quality of this segment. For purposes of the allowance for loan losses, 
this segment also includes construction loans.  

46 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Commercial and industrial: Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by the assets of 
the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. Continued weakness in national or regional 
economic conditions, and a corresponding weakness in consumer or business spending, will have an adverse effect 
on the credit quality of this segment.  

Consumer: Loans in this segment are generally secured, and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the 
individual  borrower.  Repayment  of  consumer  loans  is  generally  based  on  the  earnings  of  individual  borrowers, 
which may be adversely impacted by regional labor market conditions.  

Purchased: Loans in this segment are typically secured by commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate, 
or business assets and have been acquired by the LASG. Loans acquired by the LASG are, with limited exceptions, 
performing loans at the date of purchase. Loans in this segment acquired with specific material credit deterioration 
since  origination  are  identified  as  purchased  credit-impaired.  Repayment  of  loans  in  this  segment  is  largely 
dependent on cash flow from the successful operation of the property, in the case of non-owner occupied property, 
or operating  business,  in  the  case  of owner-occupied property.  Loan  performance  may  be  adversely  affected by 
factors affecting the general economy or conditions specific to the real estate market, such as geographic location 
or property type.  

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors 
stratified by loan segment. The Company does not weight periods used in that analysis to determine the average loss rate in 
each portfolio segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: 

•  Levels and trends in delinquencies;  

•  Trends in the volume and nature of loans;  

•  Trends in credit terms and policies, including underwriting standards, procedures and practices, and the experience

and ability of lending management and staff;  

•  Trends in portfolio concentration; 

•  National and local economic trends and conditions;  

•  Effects of changes or trends in internal risk ratings; and 

•  Other effects resulting from trends in the valuation of underlying collateral.  

The  allocated  component  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as  impaired.  Impairment  is 
measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans by either the present value 
of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is 
collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is 
lower than the carrying value of that loan.  

For all portfolio segments, except loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, a loan is considered impaired when, based on 
current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal 
or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans that experience insignificant payment 
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment 
delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan 
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the 
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. For the purchased loan segment, a loan is considered 
impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to realize cash flows 
as estimated at acquisition. For loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 for which cash flows can reasonably be estimated, 
loan impairment is measured based on the decrease in expected cash flows from those estimated at acquisition, excluding 
changes due to changes in interest rate indices and other non-credit related factors, discounted at the loan's effective rate 
assumed  at  acquisition. Factors  considered  by  management  in determining  impairment  include payment  status,  collateral 
value, and the probability of the collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  

47 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Purchased Loans 

Loans that the Company purchases are initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan and 
lease losses. Determining the fair value of the purchased loans involves estimating the amount and timing of principal and 
interest cash flows initially expected to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at an appropriate market 
rate of interest. The Company continues to evaluate the reasonableness of expectations for the timing and the amount of cash 
to be collected. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows may result in changes in the amortization or accretion of fair 
market value adjustments, and in some cases may result in a loan being considered impaired. 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” 
and accompanying table set forth therein for quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk. 

48 

 
  
  
 
Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Northeast Bancorp 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Northeast Bancorp and subsidiary (the Company) as of 
June 30, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, 
and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of June 30, 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in 
conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control 
— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and 
our report dated September 13, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
September 13, 2016 

49 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Northeast Bancorp 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Northeast Bancorp and subsidiary as of June 30, 2015, and 
the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for the 
year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing 
audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit 
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing 
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial 
position of Northeast Bancorp and subsidiary at June 30, 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash 
flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
September 28, 2015 

50 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks ...............................................................................................................   $
Short-term investments ..................................................................................................................    
Total cash and cash equivalents .................................................................................................    
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value ......................................................................................    

Residential real estate loans held for sale .......................................................................................    
SBA loans held for sale ..................................................................................................................    
Total loans held for sale .............................................................................................................    

Loans  

Commercial real estate ...............................................................................................................    
Residential real estate .................................................................................................................    
Commercial and industrial .........................................................................................................    
Consumer ...................................................................................................................................    
Total loans ..............................................................................................................................    
Less: Allowance for loan losses .................................................................................................    
Loans, net ...............................................................................................................................    

Premises and equipment, net ..........................................................................................................    
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net .................................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost .........................................................................................    
Intangible assets, net ......................................................................................................................    
Bank owned life insurance .............................................................................................................    
Other assets ....................................................................................................................................    
Total assets .................................................................................................................................   $

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 

Liabilities  
Deposits: 

Demand ......................................................................................................................................   $
Savings and interest checking ....................................................................................................    
Money market ............................................................................................................................    
Time  ..........................................................................................................................................    
Total deposits .........................................................................................................................    

Federal Home Loan Bank advances ...............................................................................................    
Wholesale repurchase agreements .................................................................................................    
Short-term borrowings ...................................................................................................................    
Subordinated debt ..........................................................................................................................    
Capital lease obligation ..................................................................................................................    
Other liabilities ..............................................................................................................................    
Total liabilities ...........................................................................................................................    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) 

June 30, 2016       

June 30, 2015    

2,459     $ 
148,698       
151,157       
100,572       

6,449      
1,070      
7,519       

426,568       
113,962       
145,956       
5,950       
692,436       
2,350       
690,086      

7,801       
1,652       
2,408       
1,732       
15,725       
7,501       
986,153     $ 

66,686     $ 
107,218       
275,437       
351,091       
800,432       

30,075       
-      
-      
23,331       
1,128       
14,596      
869,562       

2,789  
87,061  
89,850  
101,908  

7,093 
1,942 
9,035  

348,676  
132,669  
123,133  
7,659  
612,137  
1,926  
610,211 

8,253  
1,651  
4,102  
2,209  
15,276  
8,223  
850,718 

60,383  
100,134  
168,527  
345,715  
674,759  

30,188  
10,037 
2,349  
8,626  
1,368  
10,664  
737,991  

Shareholders' equity 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and 

outstanding at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015 ....................................................................    

-      

- 

Voting common stock, $1.00 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 8,089,790 and 

8,575,144 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively ..    

8,089       

8,575  

Non-voting common stock, $1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; 1,227,683 and 

1,012,739 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively ..    
Additional paid-in capital  ..........................................................................................................    
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................................    
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .....................................................................................    
Total shareholders' equity ..........................................................................................................    
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ....................................................................................   $

1,228       
83,020       
26,160       
(1,906)     
116,591      
986,153    $ 

1,013  
85,506  
18,921  
(1,288)
112,727  
850,718 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

51 

 
  
 
  
 
   
  
      
  
 
  
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
   
  
      
  
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Interest and dividend income: 

Interest and fees on loans ..............................................................................................   $
Interest on available-for-sale securities ........................................................................    
Other interest and dividend income  .............................................................................    
Total interest and dividend income ...........................................................................    

Interest expense: 

Deposits ........................................................................................................................    
Federal Home Loan Bank advances .............................................................................    
Wholesale repurchase agreements ................................................................................    
Short-term borrowings ..................................................................................................    
Subordinated debt .........................................................................................................    
Obligation under capital lease agreements ...................................................................    
Total interest expense ................................................................................................    
Net interest and dividend income before provision for loan losses ..................................    
Provision for loan losses ..................................................................................................    
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses .....................................    

Noninterest income: 

Fees for other services to customers .............................................................................    
Gain on sales of residential loans held for sale .............................................................    
Gain on sales of portfolio loans ....................................................................................    
(Loss) gain recognized on real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net ......    
Bank-owned life insurance income ...............................................................................    
Other noninterest income ..............................................................................................    
Total noninterest income ...........................................................................................    

Noninterest expense: 

Salaries and employee benefits .....................................................................................    
Occupancy and equipment expense ..............................................................................    
Professional fees ...........................................................................................................    
Data processing fees .....................................................................................................    
Marketing expense ........................................................................................................    
Loan acquisition and collection expense ......................................................................    
FDIC insurance premiums ............................................................................................    
Intangible asset amortization ........................................................................................    
Other noninterest expense.............................................................................................    
Total noninterest expense ..........................................................................................    
Income before income tax expense ..................................................................................    
Income tax expense ..........................................................................................................    
Net income  ......................................................................................................................   $

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

45,849     $
930       
456       
47,235       

6,027       
1,027       
67       
20       
651       
63       
7,855       
39,380       
1,618       
37,762       

1,657       
1,684       
4,178       
(255 )     
449       
60       
7,773       

19,548       
5,227       
1,463       
1,487       
285       
1,368       
489       
477       
3,468       
33,812       
11,723       
4,104       
7,619     $

43,383 
913 
292 
44,588 

5,010 
1,101 
288 
29 
718 
74 
7,220 
37,368 
717 
36,651 

1,494 
1,877 
2,821 
428 
440 
29 
7,089 

18,817 
4,939 
1,658 
1,355 
244 
1,458 
504 
589 
3,040 
32,604 
11,136 
3,995 
7,141 

Weighted-average shares outstanding: 

Basic .............................................................................................................................    
Diluted ..........................................................................................................................    

9,474,999       
9,484,635       

9,980,733 
9,980,733 

Earnings per common share: 

Basic .............................................................................................................................   $
Diluted ..........................................................................................................................    

0.80     $
0.80       

Cash dividends declared per common share ....................................................................   $

0.04     $

0.72 
0.72 

0.04 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

52 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
   
        
  
      
        
 
  
   
        
  
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Net income .......................................................................................................................   $
Other comprehensive loss, before tax: 

Available-for-sale securities: 

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

7,619     $

7,141 

Change in net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities .................................    

1,033       

Derivatives and hedging activities: 

Change in accumulated loss on effective cash flow hedges ......................................    
Reclassification adjustments included in net income ................................................    
Total derivatives and hedging activities .......................................................................    
Total other comprehensive loss, before tax ..................................................................    
Income tax benefit related to other comprehensive loss ...............................................    
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax ............................................................................    
Comprehensive income  ...............................................................................................   $

(2,032 )     
(3 )     
(2,035 )     
(1,002 )     
(384 )     
(618 )     
7,001     $

442 

(529)
(49)
(578)
(136)
(131)
(5)
7,136 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
 
Balance at June 30, 

2014 ......................     
Net income  .........     
Other 

comprehensive 
income, net of 
tax .....................     

Common stock 

repurchased ......     

Conversion of 

voting common 
stock to non-
voting common 
stock .................     

Dividends on 

common stock 
at $0.04 per 
share .................     

Stock-based 

compensation ...     

Issuance of 
restricted 
common stock ..     

Forfeiture of 
restricted 
common stock ..     

Balance at June 30, 

2015 ......................     
Net income  .........     
Other 

comprehensive 
income, net of 
tax .....................     

Common stock 

repurchased ......     

Conversion of 

voting common 
stock to non-
voting common 
stock .................     

Dividends on 

common stock 
at $0.04 per 
share .................     

Stock-based 

compensation ...     

Issuance of 
restricted 
common stock ..     

Cancellations and 
forfeiture of 
restricted 
common stock ..     

Balance at June 30, 

NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Preferred  
Stock 

Voting Common  
Stock 

  Shares     Amount      Shares 

    Amount    

Shares 

Non-voting Common 
Stock 

Additional
Paid-in 
   Amount    Capital 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive     
Loss 

Total  
Shareholders’  
Equity 

    Retained     
    Earnings     

-    $ 
-      

-       9,260,331     $  9,260     
-    
-      

-      

880,963  $
-   

881  $
-   

90,914   $ 12,182    $ 
7,141      

-    

(1,283) $
-     

111,954 
7,141 

-      

-      

-      

-      

-    

-      

(710,662)     

(711)  

-   

-   

-   

-   

-    

(5,955)  

-      

-      

(5)   

-     

(5)

(6,666)

-      

-      

(131,776)     

(132)  

131,776   

132   

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-    

-    

-   

-   

-   

-   

-    

(402)     

705    

-      

-     

-     

-      

-      

174,000      

174    

(174)  

-      

-    $ 
-      

-      

-      

-      

(16,749)     

(16)  

-   

-   

16    

-      

-     

-       8,575,144     $  8,575      1,012,739  $
-   
-      

-      

-    

1,013  $
-   

85,506   $ 18,921    $ 
7,619      

-    

(1,288) $
-     

112,727 
7,619 

-      

-      

-    

-      

(322,900)     

(323)  

-   

-   

-   

-   

-    

(3,036)  

-      

-      

(618)   

(618)

-     

(3,359)

- 

(402)

705 

- 

- 

-      

-      

(214,944)     

(215)  

214,944   

215   

-    

-      

-     

- 

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-      

-    

-    

-      

-      

100,000      

100    

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-    

(380)     

613    

-      

-   

(100)  

-      

-     

-     

-     

(380)

613 

- 

-      

-      

(47,510)     

(48)  

-   

-   

37    

-      

-     

(11)

2016 ......................     

-    $ 

-       8,089,790       

8,089      1,227,683  $

1,228  $

83,020   $ 26,160    $ 

(1,906) $

116,591 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

54 

 
 
  
  
    
   
  
  
   
 
    
       
      
   
    
       
      
 
NORTHEAST BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Operating activities: 

Net income .................................................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
Provision for loan losses ............................................................................................................    
Loss (gain) recognized on real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net ....................    
Loss on premises and equipment ...............................................................................................    
Accretion of fair value adjustments on loans, net ......................................................................    
Accretion of fair value adjustments on deposits, net ..................................................................    
Accretion of fair value adjustments on borrowings, net .............................................................    
Originations of loans held for sale .............................................................................................    
Net proceeds from sales of loans held for sale ...........................................................................    
Gain on sales of residential loans held for sale, net ....................................................................    
Gain on sales of portfolio loans, net ...........................................................................................    
Amortization of intangible assets ...............................................................................................    
Bank-owned life insurance income, net .....................................................................................    
Depreciation of premises and equipment ...................................................................................    
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) ......................................................................................    
Stock-based compensation .........................................................................................................    
Amortization of available-for-sale securities, net .......................................................................    
Changes in other assets and liabilities: 

Other assets ............................................................................................................................    
Other liabilities .......................................................................................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities ..................................................................................    

Investing activities: 

Purchases of available-for-sale securities ...................................................................................    
Proceeds from maturities and principal payments on available-for-sale securities ....................    
Loan purchases...........................................................................................................................    
Loan originations, principal collections, and purchased loan paydowns, net .............................    
Purchases and disposals of premises and equipment, net ...........................................................    
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment ........................................................................    
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned and other repossessed collateral ................................    
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock ........................................................................    
Net cash used in investing activities ..........................................................................................    

Financing activities: 

Issuance of subordinated debt, net of debt issuance costs ..........................................................    
Net increase in deposits ..............................................................................................................    
Net decrease in short-term borrowings ......................................................................................    
Dividends paid on common stock ..............................................................................................    
Repurchase of common stock ....................................................................................................    
Repayment of FHLBB borrowings and wholesale repurchase agreements ................................    
Repayment of capital lease obligation ........................................................................................    
Taxes paid through cancellation of common stock ....................................................................    
Net cash provided by financing activities ..................................................................................    
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................    
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ............................................................................    
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year  .....................................................................................   $

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

7,619    $ 

7,141 

1,618      
243      
11      
(9,384)     
(6)     
43      
(130,010)     
134,522      
(1,684)     
(4,178)     
477      
(449)     
1,631      
2,122      
613      
1,025      

(1,001)     
1,882      
5,094      

(45,160)     
46,504      
(99,999)     
28,975      
(1,190)     
-      
1,537      
1,694      
(67,639)     

14,512      
125,679      
(2,349)     
(380)     
(3,359)     
(10,000)     
(240)     
(11)     
123,852      
61,307      
89,850      
151,157    $ 

717 
(428)
91 
(11,899)
(171)
(112)
(98,383)
126,430 
(1,877)
(2,821)
589 
(440)
1,666 
(1,185)
705 
1,001 

(60)
556 
21,520 

- 
11,414 
(82,654)
(24,585)
(1,244)
369 
2,563 
- 
(94,137)

- 
100,601 
(635)
(402)
(6,666)
(12,500)
(190)
- 
80,208 
7,591 
82,259 
89,850 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information: 

Interest paid ................................................................................................................................   $
Income taxes paid, net ................................................................................................................    

7,773    $ 
2,166      

7,487 
5,664 

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities: 

Transfers from loans to real estate owned and other repossessed collateral, net ........................   $

1,781    $ 

1,764 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

55 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

The  accounting  and reporting  policies  of Northeast  Bancorp  and  Subsidiary  (the  “Company"  or  "Northeast")  conform  to 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("US GAAP") and conform to practices within the 
financial services industry. 

Business  

The  Company  is  a  Maine  corporation  and  a  bank  holding  company  registered  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Boston 
("FRB") under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to the regulation 
and supervision of the FRB. The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers 
throughout south-central and western Maine and conducts loan purchasing and origination activities nationwide through its 
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Northeast  Bank  (the  "Bank"),  a  Maine  state-chartered  universal  bank.  The  Bank  is  subject  to 
supervision and regulation by applicable state and federal banking agencies, including the State of Maine Bureau of Financial 
Institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and the FRB. The Bank faces competition from banks and 
other financial institutions.  

Business Combination Accounting  

On  December 29,  2010,  the  Company  merged  with  FHB  Formation LLC  (the  "Merger").  The  Company  applied  the 
acquisition method of accounting to this business combination, which represented an acquisition by FHB Formation LLC 
("FHB") of Northeast, with Northeast  as  the  surviving  company. Under  the  acquisition  method,  the  acquiring  entity  in  a 
business combination recognizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. Management 
utilizes valuation techniques appropriate for the asset or liability being measured in determining these fair values. Any excess 
of  the  purchase  price  over  amounts  allocated  to  assets  acquired,  including  identifiable  intangible  assets,  and  liabilities 
assumed is recorded as goodwill. In the Merger, amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed were greater 
than the purchase price, which resulted in the recognition of a bargain purchase gain. Acquisition-related costs were expensed 
as incurred.  

Principles of Consolidation  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Northeast  Bancorp,  and  its  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, Northeast Bank (including the Bank's wholly-owned subsidiaries). All significant intercompany transactions and 
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.  

NBN Capital Trust II, NBN Capital Trust III and NBN Capital Trust IV are considered affiliates and are deconsolidated 
pursuant to criteria established by FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 810, Consolidation ("ASC 810"). The 
investments in these affiliates were $496 thousand in aggregate and are included in other assets.  

Reclassifications  

Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.  

Use of Estimates  

The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  US  GAAP.  In  preparing  the  financial  statements, 
management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of financial condition and income and expenses 
for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.  

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan 
losses and the determination of fair values in conjunction with the application of loan acquisition accounting.  

56 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Most of the Community Banking Division's business activity is with customers located within the State of Maine. However, 
the business activities of the Bank’s Loan Acquisition and Servicing Group ("LASG") and the SBA Division are diversified 
across the country. In all regions, the Company’s focus is to originate and purchase commercial real estate loans. Repayment 
of loans is expected from cash flows of the borrower. Losses on secured loans are limited by the value of the collateral upon 
default of the borrowers. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

For purposes of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and due 
from banks and short-term investments. The Company is required to maintain a certain reserve balance in the form of cash 
or  deposits  with  other  financial  institutions.  At  June 30,  2016  and  2015,  such  reserve  balances  totaled  $4.0 million  and 
$4.4 million, respectively.  

Available-for-Sale Securities  

Securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and 
carried at amortized cost. Those securities held for indefinite periods of time but not necessarily to maturity are classified as 
available-for-sale. Securities held for indefinite periods of time include securities that management intends to use as part of 
its  asset/liability,  liquidity,  or  capital  management  strategies  and  may  be  sold  in  response  to  changes  in  interest  rates, 
maturities, asset/liability mix, liquidity needs, regulatory capital needs or other business factors. Securities available-for-sale 
are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in shareholders' equity as 
accumulated other comprehensive income or loss.  

Interest and dividends on securities are recorded on the accrual method. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized 
or accreted into interest income by the level-yield method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the 
effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities. These estimates of prepayment assumptions are made 
based upon the actual performance of the underlying security, current interest rates, the general market consensus regarding 
changes in mortgage interest rates, the contractual repayment terms of the underlying loans, the priority rights of the investors 
to the cash flows from the mortgage securities and other economic conditions. When differences arise between anticipated 
prepayments and actual prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date and anticipated 
future payments. Unamortized premium or discount is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective 
yield been applied since purchase, with a corresponding charge or credit to interest income.  

Security transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification 
method and are recorded in non-interest income.  

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a periodic basis. Factors considered in determining 
whether an impairment is other-than-temporary include: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been 
less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (3) the intent and ability of the Company 
to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. If the Company 
intends  to  sell  an  impaired  security,  the  Company  records  an  other-than-temporary  loss  in  an  amount equal  to  the  entire 
difference between the fair value and amortized cost. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired but 
the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit portion of the estimated loss is recognized in earnings, with 
the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock  

During the periods presented, the Company has owned investments in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston 
("FHLBB"). No ready market exists for these stocks, and they have no quoted market values. The Bank, as a member of the 
FHLBB, is required to maintain investments in the capital stock of the FHLBB equal to their membership base investments 
plus an activity-based investment determined according to the Bank's level of outstanding FHLBB advances. The Company 
reviews its investments in FHLBB stock periodically to determine if other-than-temporary impairment exists. The Company 
reviews recent public filings, rating agency analysis and other factors, when making the determination. As of June 30, 2016 
and 2015, no impairment has been recognized. 

57 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Loans Held for Sale and Loan Servicing  

Residential real estate mortgage loans are designated as held for sale or held to maturity based on intent, which is determined 
when loans are underwritten. Loans originated and held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or 
fair value. The SBA Division loans are designated as held for sale based on intent to sell, which is determined on a quarterly 
basis. The guaranteed portions of the loans are transferred to held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. 
Realized gains and losses on sales of residential loans are determined using the specific identification method, and realized 
gains and losses on sales of SBA loans are determined using the allocation of participating interests sold and retained. Direct 
loan origination costs and fees related to loans held for sale are deferred upon origination and are recognized as an adjustment 
to the gain or loss on the date of sale.  

In its mortgage banking activities, the Company sells loans both on a servicing released and servicing retained basis. The 
Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others, which is included in other assets on 
the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  Company  capitalizes  mortgage  servicing  rights  at  their  allocated  cost  (based  on  the 
relative fair values of the rights and the related loans) upon the sale of the related loans. The Company uses the amortization 
method  to  subsequently  measure  servicing  assets.  Mortgage  servicing  rights  are  amortized  over  the  estimated  weighted 
average life of the loans. The Company's assumptions with respect to prepayments, which affect the estimated average life 
of the loans, are adjusted quarterly and as necessary to reflect current circumstances. The Company evaluates the estimated 
life and fair value of its servicing portfolio based on data that is disaggregated to reflect note rate, type, and term on the 
underlying loans. The Company performs an assessment of capitalized mortgage servicing rights for impairment based on 
the current fair value of those rights. Fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates 
the  present  value  of  estimated  future  net  servicing  income.  The  valuation  model  incorporates  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, prepayment 
speeds and default rates and losses. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that fair value is 
less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a 
reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income.  

In  connection  with  the  mortgage  loans  to  be  held  for  sale,  the  Company  often  offers  interest  rate  lock  commitments  to 
prospective borrowers. The Company manages this interest rate risk by entering into offsetting forward sale agreements with 
third party investors for certain funded loans and loan commitments. The Company uses "best efforts" forward loan sale 
commitments  to  mitigate  the  risk of potential  decreases  in  the values of loans  that would  result  from  the  exercise of  the 
derivative loan commitments. The gross effect of the derivative loan commitments and forward sale agreements is nominal 
at each date presented.  

In its SBA Division activities, the Company recognizes the SBA servicing rights as separate assets, which is included in other 
assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company capitalizes SBA servicing rights at the net present value of the fee 
income and fee cost spread upon the sale of the related loans. The Company uses the amortization method to subsequently 
measure servicing assets. The SBA servicing rights are amortized over the estimated weighted average life of the loans. The 
Company's  assumptions  with  respect  to  prepayments,  which  affect  the  estimated  average  life  of  the  loans,  are  adjusted 
quarterly and as necessary to reflect current circumstances. The Company evaluates the estimated life and fair value of its 
servicing  portfolio  based  on  data  that  is  disaggregated  to  reflect  note  rate,  type,  and  term  on  the  underlying  loans.  The 
Company performs an assessment of capitalized SBA servicing rights for impairment based on the current fair value of those 
rights. Fair value of the servicing rights is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future 
net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future 
net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Impairment 
is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company 
later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an 
increase to income.  

Loans  

Loans are carried at the principal amounts outstanding, or amortized acquired fair value in the case of acquired loans, adjusted 
by partial charge-offs and net of deferred loan costs or fees. Loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and 
amortized into interest income over the expected term of the loan using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, the 
unamortized  portion  is  recognized  in  interest  income.  Interest  income  is  accrued  based  upon  the  daily  principal  amount 
outstanding except for loans on nonaccrual status.  

Loans purchased by the Company are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired 
with  Deteriorated  Credit  Quality  ("ASC  310-30").  At  acquisition,  the  effective  interest  rate  is  determined  based  on  the 
discount rate that equates the present value of the Company's estimate of cash flows with the purchase price of the loan. 

58 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Prepayments are not assumed in determining a purchased loan's effective interest rate and income accretion. The application 
of ASC 310-30 limits the yield that may be accreted on the purchased loan, or the "accretable yield," to the excess of the 
Company's estimate, at acquisition, of the expected undiscounted principal, interest, and other cash flows over the Company's 
initial investment in the loan. The excess of contractually required payments receivable over the cash flows expected to be 
collected on the loan represents the purchased loan's "nonaccretable difference." Subsequent improvements in expected cash 
flows  of  loans  with  nonaccretable  differences  result  in  a  prospective  increase  to  the  loan's  effective  yield  through  a 
reclassification of some, or all, of the nonaccretable difference to accretable yield. The effect of subsequent credit-related 
declines in expected cash flows of purchased loans are recorded through a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses.  

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they are past due 90 days as to either principal or interest, or when in 
management's judgment the collectability of interest or principal of the loan has been significantly impaired. Loans accounted 
for under ASC 310-30 are placed on nonaccrual when it is not possible to reach a reasonable expectation of the timing and 
amount of cash flows to be collected on the loan. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and 
uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans. Interest on nonaccrual loans is accounted for on a cash-basis or using 
the cost-recovery method when collectability is doubtful. A loan is returned to accrual status when collectability of principal 
is reasonably assured and the loan has performed for a reasonable period of time.  

In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to 
contractual terms, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"), and therefore by definition is an impaired 
loan.  Concessionary  modifications  may  include  adjustments  to  interest  rates,  extensions  of  maturity,  and  other  actions 
intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. For loans accounted for under ASC 
310-30, the Company evaluates whether it has granted a concession by comparing the restructured debt terms to the expected 
cash  flows  at  acquisition  plus  any  additional  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  arising  from  changes  in  estimate  after 
acquisition. As a result, if an ASC 310-30 loan is modified to be consistent with, or better than, the Company's expectations 
at acquisition, the modified loan would not qualify as a TDR. Nonaccrual loans that are restructured generally remain on 
nonaccrual status for a minimum period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. If 
the restructured loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should 
remain on accrual status. If the borrower's ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured, the loan is 
classified as a nonaccrual loan. With limited exceptions, loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such until the loan is 
paid off.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses 
charged to earnings. For residential and consumer loans, a charge-off is recorded no later than the point at which a loan is 
180 days past due if the loan balance exceeds the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell. For commercial loans, a charge-
off is recorded on a case-by-case basis when all or a portion of the loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Subsequent recoveries, 
if any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses consists of general, specific, and unallocated reserves and reflects management’s estimate of 
probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management uses a consistent and systematic 
process and methodology to evaluate the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. The calculation 
of the allowance for loan losses is segregated by portfolio segments, which include: commercial real estate, commercial and 
industrial, consumer, residential real estate, and purchased loans. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are 
as follows: 

Residential real estate: All loans in this segment are collateralized by residential real estate and repayment is primarily 
dependent on the credit quality, loan-to-value ratio and income of the individual borrower. The overall health of the 
economy,  particularly  unemployment  rates  and  housing  prices,  has  a  significant  effect  on  the  credit  quality  in  this 
segment. For purposes of the Company’s allowance for loan loss calculation, home equity loans and lines of credit are 
included in residential real estate. 

Commercial  real  estate:  Loans  in  this  segment  are  primarily  income-producing  properties.  For  owner-occupied 
properties,  the  cash  flows  are  derived  from  an  operating  business,  and  the  underlying  cash  flows  may  be  adversely 
affected by deterioration in the financial condition of the operating business. The underlying cash flows generated by 
non-owner occupied properties may be adversely affected by increased vacancy rates. Management periodically obtains 
rent rolls, with which it monitors the cash flows of these loans. Adverse developments in either of these areas will have 
an adverse effect on the credit quality of this segment. For purposes of the allowance for loan losses, this segment also 
includes construction loans. 

59 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Commercial and industrial: Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by the assets of the 
business.  Repayment  is  expected  from  the  cash  flows  of  the  business.  Weakness  in  national  or  regional  economic 
conditions, and a corresponding weakness in consumer or business spending, will have an adverse effect on the credit 
quality of this segment. 

Consumer:  Loans  in  this  segment  are  generally  secured,  and  repayment  is  dependent  on  the  credit  quality  of  the 
individual borrower. Repayment of consumer loans is generally based on the earnings of individual borrowers, which 
may be adversely impacted by regional labor market conditions. 

Purchased: Loans in this segment are typically secured by commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate, or 
business  assets  and  have  been  acquired  by  the  LASG.  Loans  acquired  by  the  LASG  are,  with  limited  exceptions, 
performing loans at the date of purchase. Repayment of loans in this segment is largely dependent on cash flow from the 
successful operation of the property, in the case of non-owner occupied property, or operating business, in the case of 
owner-occupied  property.  Loan  performance  may  be  adversely  affected  by  factors  affecting  the  general  economy  or 
conditions specific to the real estate market, such as geographic location or property type. Loans in this segment are 
evaluated for impairment under ASC 310-30. The Company reviews expected cash flows from purchased loans on a 
quarterly basis. The effect of a decline in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition of the loan is recognized 
through a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses 

The general component of the allowance for loan losses for originated loans is based on historical loss experience adjusted 
for qualitative factors stratified by loan segment. The Company does not weight periods used in that analysis to determine 
the average loss rate in each portfolio segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: 

(cid:2)  Levels and trends in delinquencies; 

(cid:2)  Trends in the volume and nature of loans;  

(cid:2)  Trends in credit terms and policies, including underwriting standards, procedures and practices, and the experience 

and ability of lending management and staff; 

(cid:2)  Trends in portfolio concentration;  

(cid:2)  National and local economic trends and conditions;  

(cid:2)  Effects of changes or trends in internal risk ratings; and  

(cid:2)  Other effects resulting from trends in the valuation of underlying collateral. 

The  allocated  component  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  relates  to  loans  that  are  classified  as  impaired.  Impairment  is 
measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective 
interest  rate  or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  if  the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  An  allowance  is  established  when  the 
discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. 

For all portfolio segments, except loans accounted for under ASC 310-30, a loan is considered impaired when, based on 
current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal 
or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans that experience insignificant payment 
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment 
delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan 
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the 
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. For the purchased loan segment, a loan is considered 
impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to realize cash flows 
as expected at acquisition. For loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 for which cash flows can reasonably be estimated, 
loan impairment is measured based on the decrease in expected cash flows from those estimated at acquisition, excluding 
changes due to changes in interest rate indices and other non-credit related factors, discounted at the loan’s effective rate 
assumed  at  acquisition. Factors  considered  by  management  in determining  impairment  include payment  status,  collateral 
value, and the probability of collecting the scheduled principal and interest payments when due. 

60 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Premises and Equipment  

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  by  the  straight-line 
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Premises and equipment under capital leases are amortized over the 
estimated useful lives of the assets or the respective lease terms, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged 
to expense as incurred and the cost of major renewals and betterments are capitalized.  

Intangible Assets  

Identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized over the estimated lives of the intangibles using a method 
that  approximates  the  amount  of  economic  benefits  that  are  realized  by  the  Company.  Identifiable  intangible  assets  are 
reviewed for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
assets may not be recoverable.  

Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Collateral  

Assets in control of the Company or acquired through foreclosure or repossession are held for sale and are initially recorded 
at fair value less cost to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded 
investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated cost to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance 
for loan losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through 
the use of a valuation allowance or through a direct write-off. Subsequent increases in the fair value may only be recorded to 
the extent of any previously recognized valuation allowance. Rental revenue received and gains and losses recognized on 
foreclosed assets is included in other noninterest income, whereas operating expenses and changes in the valuation allowance 
relating to foreclosed assets are included in other noninterest expense.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in 
business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-
lived asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment 
exists. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses 
on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less costs of disposal.  

Bank Owned Life Insurance  

Increases in the cash surrender value of life insurance policies, as well as death benefits received net of any cash surrender 
value, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash surrender value of the policies 
not previously endorsed to participants are recorded as assets of the Company. Any amounts owed to participants relating to 
these policies are recorded as liabilities of the Company. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers 
prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less than annually thereafter.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the 
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary 
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is 
recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company's policy is to recognize interest and penalties assessed 
on uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  

Stock-Based Compensation  

The Company's stock-based compensation plans provide for awards of stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based 
compensation to directors, officers and employees. The cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity 
instruments is based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service 
period  as  a  component of  compensation  expense. For  awards  with  graded-vesting,  compensation  cost  is  recognized on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  for  the  entire  award.  The  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes  model  to 
estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant is used 
for restricted stock awards.  

61 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Comprehensive Income  

Comprehensive  income  consists  of  net  income  and  other  comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  securities  available  for  sale,  unrealized  losses  related  to  factors  other  than  credit  on  debt 
securities, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges and deferred gains on hedge accounting transactions.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula 
under which earnings per share is calculated from common stock and participating securities according to dividends declared 
and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Under this method, all earnings distributed and undistributed, are allocated 
to participating securities and common shares based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Unvested share-based 
payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered participating securities (i.e. unvested restricted 
stock), not subject to performance based measures. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available 
to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  (inclusive  of  participating 
securities). Diluted earnings per share have been calculated in a manner similar to that of basic earnings per share except that 
the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include the number of additional common shares 
that would have been outstanding if all potentially dilutive common shares (such as those resulting from the exercise of stock 
options or the attainment of performance measures) were issued during the period, computed using the treasury stock method.  

Derivatives  

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company's financial statements. The accounting for changes in the fair 
value  of  a  derivative  instrument  is  determined  by  whether  it  has  been  designated  and  qualifies  as  part  of  a  hedging 
relationship, and further, by the type of hedging relationship. For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify 
as hedging instruments, the Company designates the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as either a 
fair  value  hedge  or  a  cash  flow  hedge.  For  derivative  instruments  that  are  designated  and  qualify  as  a  cash  flow  hedge 
(i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk), the effective 
portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income, net of 
related tax, and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transactions affect earnings. 
The remaining gain or loss on the derivative instrument in excess of the cumulative change in the present value of future cash 
flows  of  the  hedged  item  (i.e., the  ineffective  portion),  if  any,  is  recognized  in  current  earnings  during  the  period.  For 
derivative instruments designated and qualifying as a fair value hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value 
of an asset or liability or an identified portion thereof that is attributable to the hedged risk), the gain or loss on the derivative 
instrument, as well as the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current 
earnings during the period of the change in fair values. At the inception of a hedge, the Company documents certain items, 
including but not limited to the following: the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, Company risk 
management objectives, hedging strategies, and the evaluation of hedge transaction effectiveness. Documentation includes 
linking all derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to 
specific forecasted transactions.  

Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (1) a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in 
the fair value or cash flow of a hedged item, (2) a derivative expires or is sold, (3) a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, 
because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, or (4) it is determined that designation of a derivative as a hedge 
is no longer appropriate. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss on the derivative 
is recognized in current earnings during the period of change.  

Transfer of Financial Assets  

Transfers  of  financial  assets  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  assets  has  been  surrendered.  Control  over 
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee 
obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred 
assets,  and  (3) the  Company  does  not  maintain  effective  control  over  the  transferred  assets.  There  are  no  agreements  to 
repurchase before their maturity.  

Transfers of a portion of a loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest. If it does not meet the criteria of a participating 
interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing. In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, 
all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, and 
the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder 
has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan. 

62 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
The Company sells financial assets in the normal course of business, the majority of which are related to the SBA-guaranteed 
portion of loans, as well as residential mortgage loan sales through established programs, commercial loan sales through 
participation agreements, and other individual or portfolio loan and securities sales. In accordance with accounting guidance 
for asset transfers, the Company considers any ongoing involvement with transferred assets in determining whether the assets 
can be derecognized from the balance sheet. With the exception of servicing and certain performance-based guarantees, the 
Company's  continuing  involvement  with  financial  assets  sold  is  minimal  and  generally  limited  to  market  customary 
representation and warranty clauses.  

When the Company sells financial assets, it may retain servicing rights and/or other interests in the financial assets. The gain 
or loss on sale depends on the previous carrying amount of the transferred financial assets, the servicing right recognized, 
and the consideration received and any liabilities incurred in exchange for the transferred assets. Upon transfer, any servicing 
assets and other interests held by the Company are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.  

Segment Reporting  

All of the Company's operations are considered by management to be one operating segment.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In  January  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2014-01,  Investments—Equity  Method  and  Joint  Ventures  (Topic  323): 
Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects ("ASU 2014-01"). The amendments in ASU 2014-01 
provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or 
invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting 
entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using 
the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity 
amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the 
net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments are 
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 and should be applied 
retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company’s adoption of this guidance did not have 
a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.  

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 
2014-09 implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of 
ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in 
an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. 
To  achieve  that  core  principle,  an  entity  should  apply  the  following  steps:  (i) identify  the  contract(s) with  a  customer, 
(ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price 
to  the  performance  obligations  in  the  contract  and  (v) recognize  revenue  when  (or  as)  the  entity  satisfies  a  performance 
obligation. ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) was issued in August 2015 
which defers adoption to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating 
the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-
40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (“ASU 2014-14”). ASU 2014-14 
affects  creditors  that  hold  government-guaranteed  mortgage  loans,  including  those  guaranteed  by  the  Federal  Housing 
Administration  (FHA)  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development  (HUD),  and  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Veterans  Affairs  (VA).  The  update  requires  that,  upon  foreclosure,  a  guaranteed  mortgage  loan  be  derecognized  and  a 
separate other receivable be recognized when specific criteria are met. ASU 2014-14 is effective for fiscal years, and interim 
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant 
impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-07, Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value 
per Share (or Its Equivalent) (“ASU 2015-07”). The amendment affects reporting entities that elect to measure the fair value 
of an investment using the net asset value per share as a practical expedient. The Company adopted the standard in the current 
period. See Part I. Item I. “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 18: Fair Value Measurements” for further 
discussion and related effect. 

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  Financial  Instruments—Overall  (Subtopic  825-10):  Recognition  and 
Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). This guidance changes how entities account 
for equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. 

63 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
Entities will be required to measure these investments at fair value at the end of each reporting period and recognize changes 
in  fair  value  in  net  income.  A  practicability  exception  will  be  available  for  equity  investments  that  do  not  have  readily 
determinable fair values, however; the exception requires the Company to adjust the carrying amount for impairment and 
observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. This guidance 
also changes certain disclosure requirements and other aspects of current US GAAP. This guidance is effective for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within the fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted for 
only one of the six amendments. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on its 
consolidated financial statements.  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The new guidance establishes the 
principles to report transparent and economically neutral information about the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. 
Entities will be required to recognize the lease assets and lease liabilities that arise from leases in the statement of financial 
position and to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about lease transactions, such as information about variable 
lease  payments  and  options  to  renew  and  terminate  leases. This  guidance  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  
December 15, 2018, including interim periods within the fiscal year. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the 
adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.  

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-05,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Effect  of  Derivative  Contract 
Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (“ASU 2016-05”). The new guidance clarifies that a change in the 
counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under Topic 815 does not, in and 
of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be 
met. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal 
years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee 
Share-Based  Payment  Accounting  (“ASU  2016-09”).  The  new  guidance  simplifies  several  aspects  of  the  accounting  for 
share-based  payment  transactions,  including  the  income  tax  consequences,  classification  of  awards  as  either  equity  or 
liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Entities will be required to recognize the income tax effects of 
awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have 
a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments (Topic 326) (“ASU 2016-13”). This update is intended 
to  provide  financial  statement  users  with  more  decision-useful  information  about  the  expected  credit  losses  on  financial 
instruments  and  other  commitments  to  extend  credit  held  by  a  reporting  entity  at  each  reporting  date.  To  achieve  this 
objective, the amendments in this update replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current US GAAP with a 
methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable 
information to inform credit loss estimates. This ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. 
Early adoption is available as of the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the 
impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements. 

2. Securities Available-for-Sale  

The following presents a summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized holding gains and losses, and fair value of securities 
available for sale.  

Amortized     
Cost  

U.S. Government agency securities .....................................   $
Agency mortgage-backed securities .....................................    
Other investment measured at net asset value ......................    
  $

51,948     $
43,330      
5,097     
100,375     $

June 30, 2016 

Gross 

Gross 

Unrealized     

Unrealized     

Gains 
Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 
98     $ 
90      
61      
249    $ 

-    $
(52)    
-     
(52)   $

Fair  
Value  

52,046  
43,368  
5,158 
100,572  

64 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Amortized     
Cost  

U.S. Government agency securities .....................................   $
Agency mortgage-backed securities .....................................    
Other investment measured at net asset value ......................    
  $

48,191    $
54,553     
-     
102,744    $

June 30, 2015 

Gross 

Gross 

Unrealized     

Unrealized     

Gains 
Losses 
(Dollars in thousands) 
40    $ 
2      
-      
42    $ 

(1)   $
(877)    
-     
(878)   $

Fair  
Value  

48,230 
53,678 
- 
101,908 

At June 30, 2016, the Company held no securities of any single issuer (excluding the U. S. Government and federal agencies) 
with a book value that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity.  

When securities are sold, the adjusted cost of the specific security sold is used to compute the gain or loss on sale. There were 
no securities sold during fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015. At June 30, 2016, no investment securities were pledged as collateral to 
secure outstanding wholesale repurchase agreements and FHLBB advances.  

The following summarizes the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair values aggregated by investment category and 
length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. 

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
   Value 

    Unrealized    
Losses 

June 30, 2016 

    More than 12 Months 

Total 

    Unrealized     
Fair 
Losses 
Value 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
     Value 

    Unrealized  
Losses 

U.S. Government agency 

securities .....................................   $ 

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities .....................................     

Other investment measured at net 

asset value ...................................     
  $ 

-    $

-     

-     
-    $

-    $

-    $

-    $ 

-    $

-     

25,350     

(52)     

25,350      

-     
-    $

-     
25,350    $

-      
(52)   $ 

-     
25,350    $

- 

(52)

- 
(52)

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
   Value 

    Unrealized    
Losses 

June 30, 2015 

    More than 12 Months 

Total 

Fair 
    Unrealized     
Losses 
Value 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Fair 
     Value 

    Unrealized  
Losses 

U.S. Government agency 

securities .....................................   $

2,999    $

(1)   $

-    $

-    $ 

2,999    $

(1)

Agency mortgage-backed 

securities .....................................     

10,295      

(106)    

41,349     

(771)     

51,644      

Other investment measured at net 

asset value ...................................     
  $

-     
13,294    $

-     
(107)   $

-     
41,349    $

-      
(771)   $ 

-     
54,643    $

(877)

- 
(878)

There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities during the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015. 

At  June  30,  2016,  the  Company  had  eleven  securities  in  a  continuous  loss  position  for  greater  than  twelve  months.  At  
June 30, 2016, all of the Company’s available-for-sale securities were issued or guaranteed by either government agencies 
or government-sponsored enterprises. The decline in fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities at June 30, 
2016 is attributable to changes in interest rates. 

65 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
 
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
In addition to considering current trends and economic conditions that may affect the quality of individual securities within 
the Company’s investment portfolio, management of the Company also considers the Company’s ability and intent to hold 
such securities to maturity or recovery of cost. At June 30, 2016, the Company does not intend to sell and it is not more likely 
than not that the Company will be required to sell the investment securities before recovery of its amortized cost. As such, 
management  does  not  believe  any  of  the  Company’s  available-for-sale  securities  are  other-than-temporarily  impaired  at  
June 30, 2016. 

The investment measured at net asset value is a fund that seeks to invest in securities either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. 
government or its agencies. The underlying composition of the fund is primarily government agencies or other investment-
grade investments. The effective duration of the investments is 4.52 years. 

The  amortized  cost  and  fair  values  of  available-for-sale  debt  securities  by  contractual  maturity  are  shown  below  as  of  
June 30, 2016.  Actual  maturities  may  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because borrowers  may  have  the  right  to call  or 
prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Due within one year .........................................................................................  $
Due after one year through five years ..............................................................   
Due after five years through ten years ..............................................................   
Due after ten years ...........................................................................................   
Total .................................................................................................................  $

12,011    $ 
39,937      
19,708      
23,622      
95,278    $ 

12,014 
40,032 
19,797 
23,571 
95,414 

3. Loans, Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality 

The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio is as follows on the dates indicated. 

June 30, 2016 
   Originated     Purchased    

June 30, 2015 
    Originated      Purchased     

Total 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Residential real estate ....................   $ 
Home equity ..................................     
Commercial real estate ..................     
Commercial and industrial ............     
Consumer  .....................................     

93,391    $
18,012     
189,616     
145,758     
5,950     
Total loans .................................   $  452,727    $

2,559    $
-     
236,952     
198     
-     
239,709    $

95,950    $
18,012     
426,568     
145,956     
5,950     
692,436    $

106,275    $ 
24,326      
148,425      
122,860      
7,659      

2,068    $
-     
200,251     
273     
-     
409,545    $  202,592    $

108,343 
24,326 
348,676 
123,133 
7,659 
612,137 

Total loans include deferred loan origination fees, net, of $58 thousand and $236 thousand as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 
2015, respectively. 

Loans  pledged  as  collateral  with  the  FHLBB  for  outstanding  borrowings  and  additional  borrowing  capacity  totaled 
$106.2 million and $131.3 million at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

66 

 
  
  
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans 

The following is a summary of past due and non-accrual loans: 

30-59 
   Days 

60-89 
     Days 

June 30, 2016 

    Past Due     Past Due       
    90 Days or    90 Days or    
    More-Still     More- 
    Accruing     Nonaccrual    

Total 
Past 
Due 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

     Total 
    Current       Loans 

    Accrual   

Loans 

Non- 

Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....   $ 
Home equity ..................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Commercial and 

industrial ...................     
Consumer ......................     
Total originated portfolio ..     
Purchased portfolio: 

Residential real estate  ...     
Commercial and 

industrial ...................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Total purchased portfolio ..     
Total loans.....................   $ 

302    $ 
146      
132      

-      
73      
653      

910    $
-     
-     

-     
56     
966     

-      

-     

-      
-      
-      
653    $ 

-     
19     
19     
985    $

-    $
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-    $

1,555    $
48     
188     

2,767    $
90,624    $  93,391    $
18,012     
17,818      
194     
320      189,296       189,616     

15     
74     
1,880     

15      145,743       145,758     
5,950     
5,747      
3,499      449,228       452,727     

203     

2,613 
48 
474 

17 
163 
3,315 

-     

-     

2,559      

2,559     

1,125 

-     
3,387     
3,387     
5,267    $

-     

198      

198     
3,406      233,546       236,952     
3,406      236,303       239,709     
6,905    $ 685,531    $  692,436    $

- 
3,387 
4,512 
7,827 

30-59 
   Days 

60-89 
     Days 

June 30, 2015 

    Past Due     Past Due       
    90 Days or    90 Days or    
    More-Still     More- 
    Accruing     Nonaccrual    

Total 
Past 
Due 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

     Total 
    Current       Loans 

    Accrual   

Loans 

Non- 

Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate ....   $ 
Home equity ..................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Commercial and 

industrial ...................     
Consumer ......................     
Total originated portfolio ..     
Purchased portfolio: 

Residential real estate  ...     
Commercial and 

industrial ...................     
Commercial real estate ..     
Total purchased portfolio ..     
Total loans.....................   $ 

239    $ 
9      
300      

-      
105      
653      

973    $
-     
-     

-     
29     
1,002     

-      

-     

-      
86      
86      
739    $ 

-     
299     
299     
1,301    $

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans 

-    $
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

-     

-     
-     
-     
-    $

1,393    $
11     
704     

2,605    $ 103,670    $  106,275    $
24,326     
24,306      
1,004      147,421       148,425     

20     

2     
56     
2,166     

2      122,858       122,860     
7,659     
7,469      
3,821      405,724       409,545     

190     

3,021 
11 
994 

2 
190 
4,218 

-     

-     

2,068      

2,068     

- 

-     
2,410     
2,410     
4,576    $

-     

273      

273     
2,795      197,456       200,251     
2,795      199,797       202,592     
6,616    $ 605,521    $  612,137    $

- 
6,532 
6,532 
10,750 

The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s allowance for loan losses: 

   Residential       Commercial    
   Real Estate       Real Estate     

Commercial 
and 
Industrial 

    Consumer      Purchased       Unallocated    

Total 

Year Ended June 30, 2016 

Beginning balance .....   $ 
Provision  ..................     
Recoveries .................     
Charge-offs ...............     
Ending balance ..........   $ 

741    $ 
21      
35      
(134)     
663    $ 

694    $
547     
5     
(51)    
1,195    $

(Dollars in thousands) 
35    $
76     
17     
(66)    
62    $

117    $
243     
14     
(77)    
297    $

283    $ 
787      
-      
(937)     
133    $ 

56    $
(56)    
-     
-     
-    $

1,926 
1,618 
71 
(1,265)
2,350 

67 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
      
  
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
 
  
    
  
      
  
     
  
      
  
   
 
  
  
    
   
   
  
   
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
  
      
  
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
 
  
    
  
      
  
     
  
      
  
   
 
  
  
    
   
   
  
   
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
   Residential     Commercial   
   Real Estate      Real Estate    

Year Ended June 30, 2015 

Commercial 
and 

Beginning balance .   $ 
Provision  ..............     
Recoveries .............     
Charge-offs ............     
Ending balance ......   $ 

580    $ 
344      
24      
(207)     
741    $ 

358    $
335     
1     
-     
694    $

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated    

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 
48    $
38     
34     
(3)    
117    $

79    $
(37)    
21     
(28)    
35    $

268    $ 
15      
-      
-      
283    $ 

34    $
22     
-     
-     
56    $

1,367 
717 
80 
(238)
1,926 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  by  portfolio  segment  and  impairment 
methodology. 

Residential 
Real Estate     

Commercial
Real Estate    

June 30, 2016 

Commercial
and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated    

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Allowance for loan 

losses: 

Individually 

evaluated  ...........    $ 

386    $ 

59     $

2     $

Collectively 

evaluated ............      
ASC 310-30 ..........      
Total .....................    $ 

Loans: 
Individually 

277      
-      
663    $ 

1,136     
-     
1,195     $

295     
-     
297     $

23     $

39     
-     
62    $

-    $ 

-      
133      
133    $ 

-    $

-     
-     
-    $

470  

1,747  
133  
2,350 

evaluated ............    $ 

5,039    $ 

1,686    $

17     $

362     $

-    $ 

-    $

7,104  

Collectively 

187,930     
evaluated ............      
ASC 310-30 ..........      
-     
Total  ....................    $  111,403    $  189,616    $

106,364      
-      

145,741     
-     
145,758    $

5,588      
-     
5,950     $

-      
239,709       
239,709    $ 

-     
-     
-    $

445,623 
239,709  
692,436 

Residential 
Real Estate     

Commercial
Real Estate    

June 30, 2015 

Commercial
and 

Industrial      Consumer     Purchased     Unallocated    

Total 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Allowance for loan 

losses: 

Individually 

evaluated  ...........    $ 

435    $ 

21    $

-    $

Collectively 

evaluated ............      
ASC 310-30 ..........      
Total .....................    $ 

Loans: 
Individually 

306      
-      
741    $ 

673     
-     
694    $

117     
-     
117    $

-    $

35     
-     
35    $

-    $ 

-    $

456 

-      
283       
283     $ 

56     
-     
56    $

1,187 
283 
1,926 

evaluated ............    $ 

4,095    $ 

2,381    $

2    $

253    $

-    $ 

-    $

6,731 

Collectively 

146,044     
evaluated ............      
ASC 310-30 ..........      
-     
Total  ....................    $  130,601    $  148,425    $

126,506      
-      

122,858     
-     
122,860    $

7,406     
-     
7,659    $

-      
202,592      
202,592    $ 

-     
-     
-    $

402,814 
202,592 
612,137 

68 

 
  
  
 
  
     
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  information  regarding  impaired  loans.  Loans  accounted  for  under  ASC  310-30  that  have 
performed based on cash flow and accretable yield expectations determined at date of acquisition are not considered impaired 
assets and have been excluded from the tables below.  

   Recorded 
   Investment     

June 30, 2016 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

June 30, 2015 

Related 
    Allowance     

    Recorded 

     Unpaid 
     Principal 
Investment       Balance 

Related 

    Allowance   

Impaired loans without a valuation 

allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate ..................   $ 
Consumer ....................................     
Commercial real estate ................     
Commercial and industrial ..........     

Purchased: 

Residential real estate ..................     
Commercial real estate ................     
Total  ...............................................     

Impaired loans with a valuation 

allowance: 
Originated: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

3,192    $
257     
451     
15     

1,125     
4,574     
9,614     

3,299    $
282     
453     
15     

1,125     
4,886     
10,060     

-    $
-     
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     

1,975    $ 
253      
1,505      
2      

2,076    $
262     
1,510     
2     

-      
7,673      
11,408      

-     
9,606     
13,456     

Residential real estate ..................     
Consumer ....................................     
Commercial real estate ................     
Commercial and industrial ..........     

1,847     
105     
1,235     
2     

1,802     
112     
1,223     
2     

Purchased: 

Commercial real estate ................     
Total ................................................     
Total impaired loans........................   $ 

1,484     
4,673     
14,287    $

1,812     
4,951     
15,011    $

386     
23     
59     
2     

66     
536     
536    $

2,120      
-      
876      
-      

2,060     
-     
870     
-     

1,208      
4,204      
15,612    $ 

1,644     
4,574     
18,030    $

The following tables set forth information regarding interest income recognized on impaired loans. 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

435 
- 
21 
- 

260 
716 
716 

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

Average 
Recorded  
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
    Recognized     

Average 
Recorded  
Investment 

Interest 
Income 

    Recognized   

(Dollars in thousands) 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate .............................................................   $
Consumer ...............................................................................    
Commercial real estate ...........................................................    
Commercial and industrial .....................................................    

Purchased: 

Residential real estate .............................................................    
Commercial real estate ...........................................................    
Total  ..........................................................................................    

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance: 
Originated: 

Residential real estate .............................................................    
Consumer ...............................................................................    
Commercial real estate ...........................................................    
Commercial and industrial .....................................................    

Purchased: 

Commercial real estate ...........................................................    
Total ...........................................................................................    
Total impaired loans...................................................................   $

2,584    $
255     
978     
9     

563     
6,123     
10,512     

1,984     
53     
1,056     
1     

1,346     
4,440     
14,952    $

151    $ 
27      
31      
-      

51      
140      
400      

96      
3      
63      
-      

83      
245      
645     $ 

1,490    $
226     
1,436     
1     

-     
5,265     
8,418     

1,715     
20     
1,029     
-     

1,549     
4,313     
12,731    $

92 
80 
71 
1 

- 
249 
493 

87 
17 
59 
- 

41 
204 
697 

69 

 
  
  
  
   
 
  
    
  
   
     
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality 

The  Company  utilizes  a  ten-point  internal  loan  rating  system  for  commercial  real  estate,  construction,  commercial  and 
industrial, and certain residential loans as follows: 

Loans rated 1 — 6: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans. Loans in categories 1-5 are considered to 
have low to average risk. Loans rated 6 are considered marginally acceptable business credits and have more than average 
risk. 

Loans rated 7: Loans in this category are considered “special mention.” These loans show signs of potential weakness and 
are being closely monitored by management. 

Loans  rated  8:  Loans  in  this  category  are  considered  “substandard.”  Loans  classified  as  substandard  are  inadequately 
protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified 
have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the orderly repayment of the debt. 

Loans rated 9: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent 
in  one  graded  8  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the  basis  of 
currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. 

Loans rated 10: Loans in this category are considered “loss” and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not 
warranted.  

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Company formally reviews the ratings of all loans subject to risk ratings. 
Semi-annually,  the  Company  engages  an  independent  third-party  to  review  a  significant  portion  of  loans  within  these 
segments. Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process. Risk ratings on purchased loans, 
with  and  without  evidence  of  credit  deterioration  at  acquisition,  are  determined  relative  to  the  Company’s  recorded 
investment in that loan, which may be significantly lower than the loan’s unpaid principal balance. 

The following tables present the Company’s loans by risk rating.  

Originated Portfolio 
   Commercial      Commercial      Residential     
   Real Estate      and Industrial     Real Estate (1)    

Purchased 
Portfolio 

June 30, 2016 

Loans rated 1- 6 .................................   $ 
Loans rated 7 .....................................     
Loans rated 8 .....................................     
Loans rated 9 .....................................     
Loans rated 10 ...................................     
  $ 

186,165    $
2,493     
958     
-     
-     
189,616    $

(Dollars in thousands) 
7,659    $
431     
537     
23     
-     
8,650    $

142,451    $
3,290     
17     
-     
-     
145,758    $

227,895    $
7,147     
4,667     
-     
-     
239,709    $

Originated Portfolio 
   Commercial      Commercial      Residential     
   Real Estate      and Industrial     Real Estate (1)    

Purchased 
Portfolio 

June 30, 2015 

Loans rated 1- 6 .................................   $ 
Loans rated 7 .....................................     
Loans rated 8 .....................................     
Loans rated 9 .....................................     
Loans rated 10 ...................................     
  $ 

142,321    $
4,417     
1,687      
-     
-     
148,425    $

(Dollars in thousands) 
8,049     $
634      
429      
23      
-     
9,135    $

122,829    $
31      
-     
-     
-     
122,860     $

190,193     $
5,628      
6,771      
-     
-     
202,592     $

Total 

564,170 
13,361 
6,179 
23 
- 
583,733 

Total 

463,392  
10,710  
8,887  
23  
- 
483,012  

(1) Certain of the Company’s loans made for commercial purposes, but secured by residential collateral, are rated under 
the Company’s risk-rating system. 

70 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
     
  
 
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
     
  
 
  
    
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings 

The following table shows the Company’s post-modification balance of TDRs by type of modification. 

Extended maturity ................................................     
Adjusted interest rate ...........................................     
Rate and maturity  ................................................     
Principal deferment ..............................................     
Court ordered concession .....................................     

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

Number of 
Contracts 

Recorded 
Investment 

Number of 
Contracts 

Recorded 
Investment 

-    $
4     
9     
-     
-     
13    $

(Dollars in thousands) 
-     
129     
1,297     
-     
-     
1,426     

7    $ 
9      
6      
1      
4      
27    $ 

1,934 
430 
211 
443 
84 
3,102 

The  following  table  shows  loans  modified  in  a  TDR  and  the  change  in  the  recorded  investment  subsequent  to  the 
modifications.  

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 
Recorded 
Investment  
Pre-

Recorded  
Investment  
Post-

Modification     

Modification     

Number of 
Contracts 

2015 
Recorded 
Investment  
Pre-

Modification      

Recorded  
Investment  
Post-
Modification 

(Dollars in thousands) 

   Number of 
Contracts 

Originated portfolio: 

Residential real estate     
Home equity ..............     
Commercial real 

estate .......................     

Commercial and 

industrial .................     
Consumer ..................     

Total originated 

9    $ 
-      

1      

1      
1      

502    $
-     

154     

2     
19     

533     
-     

154     

2     
19     

17    $
-     

1     

-     
6     

1,223    $
-     

200     

-     
51     

1,223 
- 

200 

- 
51 

portfolio ......................     

12      

677     

708     

24     

1,474     

1,474 

Purchased portfolio: 
Commercial real 

estate .......................     

1      

718     

718     

3     

1,628     

Total purchased 

portfolio ......................     
Total  .........................     

1      
13    $ 

718     
1,395    $

718     
1,426     

3     
27    $

1,628     
3,102    $

1,628 

1,628 
3,102 

As of June 30, 2016, there were no further commitments to lend to borrowers associated with loans modified in a TDR. 

The Company considers TDRs past due 90 days or more to be in payment default. One loan modified in a TDR in the last 
twelve months defaulted during the year ended June 30, 2016, with a balance of $8 thousand, compared to three loans during 
the twelve months ended June 30, 2015, with an aggregate balance of $100 thousand. 

71 

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
  
   
   
    
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
    
  
    
   
     
  
   
    
 
  
  
 
    
   
   
 
   
    
 
  
    
   
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
 
 
ASC 310-30 Loans 

The following tables present a summary of loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 that were acquired by the Company during 
the period indicated.  

Year Ended  
June 30, 2016 

Year Ended  
June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Contractually required payments receivable .......................................................   $
Nonaccretable difference .....................................................................................    
Cash flows expected to be collected ....................................................................    
Accretable yield ..................................................................................................    
Fair value of loans acquired ................................................................................   $

148,394     $ 
(2,050 )     
146,344       
(46,345 )     
99,999     $ 

128,452 
(2,042)
126,410 
(43,756)
82,654 

Certain of the loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 that were acquired by the Company are not accounted for using the 
income  recognition  model  because  the  Company  cannot  reasonably  estimate  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected.  When 
acquired these loans are placed on non-accrual. The carrying amounts of such loans are as follows. 

As of and for the 
Year Ended  
June 30, 2016 

As of and for the 
Year Ended  
June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Loans acquired during the period .........................................................................   $
Loans at end of period ..........................................................................................    

424     $ 
4,512       

357 
6,127 

The following tables summarize the activity in the accretable yield for loans accounted for under ASC 310-30.  

Year Ended  
June 30, 2016 

Year Ended  
June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Beginning balance ...............................................................................................   $
Acquisitions ........................................................................................................    
Accretion .............................................................................................................    
Reclassifications from non-accretable difference to accretable yield .................    
Disposals and other changes ...............................................................................    
Ending balance ....................................................................................................   $

111,449     $ 
46,345       
(16,900 )     
7,079       
(23,822 )     
124,151     $ 

109,040 
43,756 
(16,886)
157 
(24,618)
111,449 

The following table provides information related to the unpaid principal balance and carrying amounts of ASC 310-30 loans. 

Unpaid principal balance  .................................................................................  $
Carrying amount  ..............................................................................................   

267,985    $ 
237,054      

235,716 
199,113 

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

4. Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets  

The Company sells loans in the secondary market and, for certain loans, retains the servicing responsibility. Consideration 
for the sale includes the cash received as well as the related servicing rights asset. The Company receives fees for the services 
provided. 

Capitalized servicing rights as of June 30, 2016 totaled $1.8 million, compared to $1.1 million as of June 30, 2015, and are 
included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Mortgage loans sold in the year ended June 30, 2016 totaled $89.1 million, compared to $101.3 million in the year ended 
June 30, 2015. Mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $12.9 million at June 30, 2016 and $16.1 million at June 30, 2015. 
Additionally, the Company was servicing commercial loans participated out to various other institutions amounting to $35.9 
million and $38.8 million at June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. 

72 

 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
SBA loans sold during the year ended June 30, 2016 totaled $39.1 million, compared to $22.2 million in the year ended  
June 30, 2015. SBA loans serviced for others totaled $80.8 million at June 30, 2016 and $53.5 million at June 30, 2015.  

Mortgage and SBA loans serviced for others are accounted for as sales and therefore are not included in the accompanying 
consolidated balance sheets. The risks inherent in mortgage servicing assets and SBA servicing assets relate primarily to 
changes in prepayments that result from shifts in interest rates.  

Contractually specified servicing fees were $649 thousand and $471 thousand for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively, and were included as a component of fees for other services to customers within non-interest income.  

The significant assumptions used in the valuation for mortgage servicing rights as of June 30, 2016 included a weighted 
average discount rate of 6.3% and a weighted average prepayment speed assumption of 19.4%. For the SBA servicing rights, 
the  significant  assumptions  used  in  the  valuation  included  a  discount  rate,  ranging  from  7.8%  to  13.0%  and  a  weighted 
average prepayment speed assumption of 7.5%. 

Residential mortgage servicing rights activity was as follows: 

Balance, June 30, 2014 ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................................      
Allowance Adjustment .......................................................................................................................................      
Balance, June 30, 2015 ..........................................................................................................................................      
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................................      
Allowance Adjustment .......................................................................................................................................      
Balance, June 30, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 

June 30, 2016 
   (Dollars in thousands)  
64 
(28)
1 
37 
(19)
(1)
17 

SBA servicing rights activity was as follows: 

Balance, June 30, 2014 ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Additions ............................................................................................................................................................      
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................................      
Allowance Adjustment .......................................................................................................................................      
Balance, June 30, 2015 ..........................................................................................................................................      
Additions ............................................................................................................................................................      
Disposals ............................................................................................................................................................      
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................................      
Allowance Adjustment .......................................................................................................................................      
Balance, June 30, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 

June 30, 2016 
   (Dollars in thousands)  
236 
940 
(80)
(19)
1,077 
1,230 
(38)
(52)
(463)
1,754 

5. Premises and Equipment  

Premises and equipment consists of the following:  

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Land  ............................................................     $ 
Buildings  .....................................................       
Assets recorded under capital lease  .............       
Leasehold and building improvements ........       
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ...............       

Less accumulated depreciation  ...................       
Net premises and equipment  .......................     $ 

804    $
1,760     
1,850     
3,452     
7,962     
15,828     
8,027     
7,801    $

804     
1,760     
1,850   
3,051   
7,745     
15,210     
6,957     
8,253     

Estimated Useful Life 
(In years) 
n/a 
39 
Term of lease  
5-39 (or term of lease, if shorter) 
3-7 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment included in occupancy and equipment expense was $1.6 million 
for the year ended June 30, 2016 and $1.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2015. 

73 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
6. Intangible Assets  

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, intangible assets consisted of a core deposit intangible. The Company’s core deposit intangible 
is being amortized on an accelerated basis over 9.5 years, with an estimated remaining life of 4 years.  

The changes in the carrying amount of the core deposit intangible follow: 

June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Balance, June 30, 2014 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................      
Balance, June 30, 2015 ..........................................................................................................................      
Amortization  .....................................................................................................................................      
Balance, June 30, 2016 ..........................................................................................................................    $ 

2,798  
(589)
2,209 
(477)
1,732 

The components of core deposit intangible follow: 

Core Deposit Intangible: 

Gross carrying amount ..........................................................................................  $
Accumulated amortization ....................................................................................   
Net carrying amount  ............................................................................................  $

6,348     $ 
(4,616 )     
1,732     $ 

6,348 
(4,139)
2,209 

Expected annual amortization expense associated with the core deposit intangible over the period of estimated economic 
benefit is as follows: 

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Fiscal Year 

Expected Amortization 
Expense 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2017 .......................................................................................................................................   $ 
2018 .......................................................................................................................................    
2019 .......................................................................................................................................    
2020 .......................................................................................................................................    
Total ......................................................................................................................................   $ 

432 
433 
433 
434 
1,732 

7. Deposits 

The composition of deposits is as follows:  

Demand  ...............................................................................................................   $
NOW  ...................................................................................................................    
Money market  .....................................................................................................    
Regular savings  ...................................................................................................    
Time certificates of less than $100 thousand .......................................................    
Time certificates of greater than $100 thousand ..................................................    
Total .....................................................................................................................   $

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

66,686     $ 
71,148       
275,437       
36,070       
72,190       
278,901       
800,432     $ 

60,383 
64,289 
168,527 
35,845 
82,973 
262,742 
674,759 

There were no time deposits greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2016, and there were $569 thousand of time deposits 
greater than $250 thousand as of June 30, 2015. 

74 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
The scheduled maturities of time certificates by fiscal year are as follows: 

Fiscal Year 

June 30, 2016 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

2017 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2018 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2019 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................      
Total ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

226,515 
72,264 
33,030 
14,326 
4,956 
351,091 

8. Borrowings  

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances  

A summary of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston follows:  

Maturity 
By Fiscal 
Year 
2016 
2017 
2018 

   Unpaid Principal Balance 

2016 

Carrying Amount(1) 
2015 
2016 
2015 
(Dollars in thousands) 

    Weighted Average Interest Rate   

2016 

2015 

-      
25,000      
5,000      
30,000    $ 

15,000     
10,000     
5,000     
30,000    $

-     
25,037     
5,038     
30,075    $

15,000     
10,123     
5,065     
30,188     

  $ 

-        
2.10 %     
4.29 %     
2.46 %     

0.38%
2.84%
1.43%
2.34%

(1)  The difference between the carrying amount and the unpaid principal balance is the result of purchase accounting.
The premium or discount is being amortized or accreted as interest expense over the instrument’s contractual life. 

At June 30, 2016, FHLBB advances with unpaid principal of $10.0 million were subject to call provisions and may be called 
prior to the stated maturity.  

Certain mortgage loans, free of liens, pledges and encumbrances and certain investment securities maintained at the FHLBB 
not otherwise pledged have been pledged under a blanket agreement to secure these advances. The Company is required to 
own stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston in order to borrow from the FHLBB.  

At June 30, 2016, the Company had approximately $16.8 million of additional capacity to borrow from the FHLBB. 

Wholesale Repurchase Agreements  

As of June 30, 2016, the Company did not have any outstanding wholesale repurchase agreements. During the year ended 
June 30, 2016, the Company paid off the wholesale repurchase agreements at maturity. At June 30, 2015, the Company had 
wholesale repurchase agreements with an unpaid principal balance and carrying amount of $10.0 million, with a weighted 
average interest rate of 4.44%. 

Capital Lease Obligation 

In fiscal 2006, the Company recognized a capital lease obligation for its Lewiston, Maine, headquarters. The present value 
of the lease payments over fifteen years exceeded 90% of the fair value of the property.  

75 

 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
    
   
   
   
     
  
  
     
  
       
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The outstanding capital lease obligations are as follows for years ending June 30: 

2017 ...............................................................................................................................................   $ 
2018 ...............................................................................................................................................     
2019 ...............................................................................................................................................     
2020 ...............................................................................................................................................     
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................     
Total ..............................................................................................................................................     
Imputed interest  ............................................................................................................................     
Capital lease obligation  ................................................................................................................   $ 

306 
306 
306 
306 
25 
1,249 
(121)
1,128 

   Capital Lease Obligation  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Short-Term Borrowings  

Short-term borrowings are sweep accounts, which are a demand account product that moves balances in excess of an agreed 
upon target amount from a demand deposit account into an interest-bearing account overnight. The weighted average interest 
rate on short-term borrowings was 1.91% at June 30, 2015. The Company held no short-term borrowings as of June 30, 2016. 

9. Subordinated Debt  

Trust Preferred Securities and Junior Subordinated Debentures 

NBN Capital Trust II and NBN Capital Trust III were created in December 2003. NBN Capital Trust IV was created in 
December 2004. Each such trust is a Delaware statutory trust (together, the "Private Trusts"). The exclusive purpose of the 
Private Trusts was (i) issuing and selling common securities and preferred securities in a private placement offering (the 
"Private Trust Securities"), (ii) using the proceeds of the sale of the Private Trust Securities to acquire Junior Subordinated 
Deferrable Interest Notes ("Junior  Subordinated Debentures");  and (iii) engaging only  in  those other  activities necessary, 
convenient or incidental thereto. Accordingly, the Junior Subordinated Debentures are the sole assets of each of the Private 
Trusts.  

The following table summarizes the Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by the Company to each affiliated trust and the 
Private  Trust  Securities  issued  by  each  affiliated  trust  as  of  June 30,  2016.  Amounts  include  the  junior  subordinated 
debentures acquired by the affiliated trusts from the Company with the capital contributed by the Company in exchange for 
the common securities of such trust, which were $93 thousand each for NBN Capital Trust II and III and $310 thousand for 
NBN Capital Trust IV. The trust preferred securities (the "Preferred Securities") were sold in two separate private placement 
offerings. The Company has the right to redeem the Junior Subordinated Debentures, in whole or in part, on or after March 30, 
2009, for NBN Capital Trust II and III, and on or after February 23, 2010, for NBN Capital Trust IV, at the redemption price 
specified in the associated Indenture, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date.  

Maturity Date 

  Unpaid Principal Balance     

2016 

Carrying Amount(1) 
2015 
2016 
2015 
(Dollars in thousands) 

NBN Capital Trust II ...........................   
NBN Capital Trust III .........................   
NBN Capital Trust IV .........................   

March 30, 2034 
March 30, 2034 
February 23, 2035 

  $

  $

3,093    $
3,093     
10,310     
16,496    $

3,093    $ 
3,093      
10,310      
16,496    $ 

1,868    $
1,868     
5,083     
8,819    $

1,835 
1,835 
4,956 
8,626 

(1)  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  and  the  unpaid  principal  balance  is  the  result  of  purchase
accounting. The  premium  or  discount  is  being  amortized  or  accreted  as  interest  expense  over  the  instrument’s 
contractual life. 

NBN Capital Trust II and III pay a variable rate based on three month LIBOR plus 2.80%, and NBN Capital Trust IV pays a 
variable rate based on three month LIBOR plus 1.89%. Accordingly, the Preferred Securities of the Private Trusts currently 
pay quarterly distributions at an annual rate of 3.45% for the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security for 
NBN Capital Trust II and III and an annual rate of 2.54% for the stated liquidation amount of $1,000 per Preferred Security 
for NBN Capital Trust IV. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed all of the obligations of each trust. The 
guaranty covers the quarterly distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of the Private Trust Securities, but 
only to the extent of funds held by the trusts.  

76 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
   
    
   
 
  
    
 
 
   
   
  
    
  
  
  
The Junior Subordinated Debentures each have variable rates indexed to three-month LIBOR. During the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 2015, the Company purchased two interest rate caps to hedge the interest rate risk on notional amounts of $6 million 
and $10 million, respectively, of the Company's Junior Subordinated Debentures. Each is a cash flow hedge used to manage 
the risk to net interest income in a period of rising rates.  

The  interest  rate  caps  hedge  the  junior  subordinated  debt  resulting  from  the  issuance  of  trust  preferred  securities  by  our 
affiliates NBN Capital Trust II, NBN Capital Trust III and NBN Capital Trust IV. The notional amount of $6 million and 
$10 million for each interest rate cap represents the outstanding junior subordinated debt from each trust. The strike rate is 
2.50%. The Company will recognize higher interest expense on the junior subordinated debt for the first 200 basis points 
increase in three-month LIBOR. Once the three-month LIBOR rate exceeds 2.50% on a quarterly reset date, there will be a 
payment by the counterparty to the Company at the following quarter end. The effective date of the purchased interest rate 
caps were October 2014 and March 2015, respectively, and mature five years after.  

Subordinated Notes 

On June 29, 2016, the Company entered into a Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement with certain institutional accredited 
investors (the “Purchasers”) whereby the Company sold and issued $15.05 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.75% 
fixed-to-floating subordinated notes due 2026 (the “Notes”). The Notes were issued by the Company to the Purchasers at a 
price equal to 100% of their face amount. Issuance costs were $538 thousand and have been netted against Subordinated Debt 
on the consolidated balance sheet. These costs are being amortized over the life of the Notes. 

The Notes mature on July 1, 2026, with a fixed interest rate of 6.75% payable semiannually in arrears for five years until  
July 1, 2021. Subsequently, the Company will be obligated to pay 3-month LIBOR plus 557 basis points quarterly in arrears 
until either the early redemption date or the maturity date. The Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for any other 
securities or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Notes are redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, 
on or after July 1, 2021 and at any time upon the occurrence of certain events. Any redemption by the Company would be at 
a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes being redeemed, including any accrued 
and unpaid interest.  

10. Capital and Regulatory Matters  

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking 
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary 
actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under 
capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must 
meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also 
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.  

The prompt corrective action regulations define specific capital categories based on an institution's capital ratios. The capital 
categories,  in  declining  order,  are  "well  capitalized,"  "adequately  capitalized,"  "undercapitalized,"  "significantly 
undercapitalized" and "critically undercapitalized."  

As of June 30, 2016 and 2015, the most recent notification from the Company's and the Bank's regulator categorized the 
Company and the Bank as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized 
as "well capitalized," the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum Common equity tier 1 capital, total capital, Tier 1 
capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that 
management  believes  have  changed  the  institution's  regulatory  designation  as  "well-capitalized"  under  the  regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action.  

77 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain 
minimum amounts and ratios as set forth in the table below. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company's and the Bank's ratios 
exceeded  the  regulatory  requirements.  Management  believes  that  the  Company  and  the  Bank  met  all  capital  adequacy 
requirements to which they were subject as of June 30, 2016 and 2015. The Company's and the Bank's regulatory capital 
ratios are set forth below.  

Actual 

Minimum 
Capital 
Requirements 

   Amount      Ratio 

     Amount      Ratio 

(Dollars in thousands) 

   Minimum To Be Well

Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
      Amount      Ratio 

June 30, 2016: 
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk 

weighted assets: 

Company ..................................................    $ 126,046     
Bank .........................................................       117,212     

17.97%  $
16.69%   

31,559     
31,611     

>4.5%  $ 
>4.5%    

N/A     
45,660     

N/A  
>6.5%

Total capital to risk weighted assets: 
Company ..................................................       142,988     
Bank .........................................................       119,971     

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets: 
Company ..................................................       126,046     
Bank .........................................................       117,212     

Tier 1 capital to average assets: 
Company ..................................................       126,046     
Bank .........................................................       117,212     

June 30, 2015: 
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk 

weighted assets: 

20.39%   
17.08%   

56,105     
56,197     

>8.0%    
>8.0%    

N/A     
70,246     

N/A  
>10.0%

17.97%   
16.69%   

42,079     
42,148     

>6.0%    
>6.0%    

N/A     
56,197     

N/A  
>8.0%

13.27%   
12.33%   

38,006     
38,022     

>4.0%    
>4.0%    

N/A     
47,528     

N/A  
>5.0%

Company ..................................................    $ 121,224     
Bank .........................................................       107,477     

19.82%  $
17.55%   

27,523     
27,558     

>4.5%  $ 
>4.5%    

N/A     
39,806     

N/A  
>6.5%

Total capital to risk weighted assets: 
Company ..................................................       123,187     
Bank .........................................................       111,228     

Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets: 
Company ..................................................       121,224     
Bank .........................................................       107,477     

Tier 1 capital to average assets: 
Company ..................................................       121,224     
Bank .........................................................       107,477     

20.14%   
18.16%   

48,932     
48,999     

>8.0%    
>8.0%    

N/A     
61,249     

N/A  
>10.0%

19.82%   
17.55%   

24,465     
24,496     

>4.0%    
>4.0%    

N/A     
36,744     

N/A  
>6.0%

14.49%   
12.86%   

33,464     
33,421     

>4.0%    
>4.0%    

N/A     
41,776     

N/A  
>5.0%

The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase, any of its capital stock from the Parent if the effect 
thereof would cause the capital of the Bank to be reduced below the capital requirements imposed by the regulatory authorities 
or if such amount exceeds the otherwise allowable amount under FRB rules.  

In  connection  with  the  Merger,  as  part  of  the  regulatory  approval  process,  the  Company  and  the  Bank  made  certain 
commitments to the Federal Reserve, the most significant of which are (i) to maintain a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 10%, 
(ii) to maintain a total capital ratio of at least 15%, (iii) to limit purchased loans to 40% of total loans, (iv) to fund 100% of 
the Company's loans with core deposits (defined as non-maturity deposits and non-brokered insured time deposits), and (v) to 
hold  non-owner  occupied  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  within  300%  of  total  capital.  The  Company  and  the  Bank  are 
currently in compliance with all commitments to the Federal Reserve.  

78 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
  
11. Earnings Per Common Share  

EPS  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  allocated  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  common  shares 
outstanding. The following table shows the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the periods indicated. Shares 
issuable relative to stock options granted have been reflected as an increase in the shares outstanding used to calculate diluted 
EPS, after applying the treasury stock method. The number of shares outstanding for basic and diluted EPS is presented as 
follows:  

Year ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

Net income  ..............................................................................................................  $

(Dollars in thousands, except share and 
per share data) 
7,619     $ 

7,141 

Weighted average shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share ................   
Incremental shares from assumed exercise of dilutive securities .........................   
Weighted average shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share .........   

9,474,999       
9,636       
9,484,635       

9,980,733 
- 
9,980,733 

Earnings per common share: ....................................................................................  $
Diluted earnings per common share: ........................................................................  $

0.80     $ 
0.80     $ 

0.72 
0.72 

For the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, the following stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS 
due to the exercise price of these options exceeding the average market price of the Company's common stock for the period. 
These options, which were not dilutive at that date, may potentially dilute EPS in the future.  

Stock options ....................................................................................................   

714,545      

1,059,721 

Year ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

12. Income Taxes  

The current and deferred components of income tax expense follows:  

Current provision  

Federal .............................................................................................................   $
State .................................................................................................................    
Total current provision  ................................................................................    

Deferred expense (benefit)  

Federal .............................................................................................................    
State .................................................................................................................    
Total deferred expense (benefit) ..................................................................    
Total tax provision  ......................................................................................   $

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

1,544     $ 
438       
1,982       

1,761       
361       
2,122       
4,104     $ 

4,282 
898 
5,180 

(901)
(284)
(1,185)
3,995 

79 

 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
 
 
 
The reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% and the effective tax rate on income follows:  

Expected income tax expense at federal tax rate  .....................................................  $
State tax, net of federal tax benefit ...........................................................................   
Non-taxable BOLI income  ......................................................................................   
Low-income housing tax credit, net of adoption of ASU 2014-01 ..........................   
Tax exempt interest income .....................................................................................   
Other ........................................................................................................................   
Total tax provision  ...............................................................................................  $

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

3,986     $ 
527       
(153 )     
(42 )     
(76 )     
(138 )     
4,104     $ 

3,786 
379 
(150)
(42)
(76)
98 
3,995 

The  tax  effect  of  temporary  differences  that  give  rise  to  significant  portions  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax 
liabilities at June 30 follows:  

Deferred tax assets 

Allowance for loan losses .....................................................................................  $
Loan basis differential ..........................................................................................   
Time deposit basis differential ..............................................................................   
Capital lease ..........................................................................................................   
Compensation and benefits ...................................................................................   
Stock-based compensation ....................................................................................   
Unrealized loss on derivatives ..............................................................................   
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities ....................................................   
Interest on nonperforming loans ...........................................................................   
Other .....................................................................................................................   
Gross deferred tax asset ....................................................................................   
Less: valuation allowance ........................................................................................   
Total deferred tax assets .......................................................................................   

Deferred tax liabilities 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities ....................................................   
Intangible assets ....................................................................................................   
Prepaid expenses...................................................................................................   
Premises and equipment .......................................................................................   
Borrowings basis differential ................................................................................   
Other .....................................................................................................................   
Total deferred tax liability .................................................................................   
Net deferred tax asset ...........................................................................................  $

June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

899     $ 
1,322       
2       
431       
937       
1,314       
1,243       
-       
313       
701       
7,162       
-       
7,162       

75       
662       
300       
1,239       
2,863       
677       
5,816       
1,346     $ 

722 
3,781 
4 
521 
809 
1,167 
472 
318 
289 
788 
8,871 
49 
8,822 

- 
842 
368 
1,231 
2,869 
424 
5,734 
3,088 

The net deferred tax asset was included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 
2015.  

In accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, deferred tax assets are to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the 
weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. 
The realization of the tax benefit depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carry-back and future 
periods.  The  Company  believes  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  as of  June 30, 2016 will  be 
realized, based upon the ability to generate future taxable income as well as the availability of current and historical taxable 
income.  

For federal tax purposes, the Company has a $2.0 million reserve for loan losses which remains subject to recapture. If any 
portion of the reserve is used for purposes other than to absorb the losses for which it was established, approximately 150% 
of the amount actually used (limited to the amount of the reserve) would be subject to taxation in the year in which used. As 
the Company intends to use the reserve only to absorb loan losses, no provision has been made for potential liability that 
would result if 100% of the reserve were recaptured.  

80 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
  
  
 
 
From time to time, the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and state tax authorities may review or challenge specific tax 
positions taken by the Company in its ordinary course of business. The Company accounts for uncertainties in income taxes 
by reserving for tax positions that may not be upheld under examination. Increases to the Company's unrealized tax positions 
occur as a result of accruing for the unrecognized tax benefit as well the accrual of interest and penalties related to prior year 
positions. Decreases in the Company's unrealized tax positions occur as a result of the statute of limitation lapsing on prior 
year positions or settlements relating to outstanding positions. The Company reserves for uncertain tax positions, as well as 
related interest and penalties, as a component of income tax expense therefore affecting the effective tax rate. The following 
is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of the Company's uncertain tax positions: 

  Tax Position 

Interest and 
Penalties 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Total 

Balance, June 30, 2014 .................................................................   $
Reduction of tax positions for prior years ....................................    
Increase for prior year tax position ...............................................    
Increase for current year tax position ...........................................    
Balance, June 30, 2015 .................................................................   $
Reduction of tax positions for prior years ....................................    
Increase for prior year tax position ...............................................    
Increase for current year tax position ...........................................    
Balance, June 30, 2016 .................................................................   $

101    $
-     
8     
-     
109    $
(42)    
-     
-     
67    $

12    $ 
-      
6      
-      
18    $ 
(4)     
-      
-      
14    $ 

113  
- 
14  
- 
127  
(46)
- 
- 
81 

The Company is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the IRS and state taxing authorities for the fiscal 
2013 tax return and forward.  

13. Employee Benefit Plans  

401(k) Plan  

The Company offers a contributory 401(k) plan that is available to all full-time salaried and hourly-paid employees who have 
attained age 18, and completed 90 days of employment. Employees may contribute up to 100% of their base compensation, 
subject to IRS limitations. The Company will match 50% of each employee's contribution up to the first 6% contributed. For 
the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company contributed $331 thousand and $315 thousand, respectively.  

Deferred Compensation  

The Company has individual deferred compensation agreements with five former senior officers. The Company recognized 
deferred compensation expense of $31 thousand and $30 thousand for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 
At  June 30,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company's  deferred  compensation  liability  was  $541 thousand  and  $512 thousand, 
respectively.  

14. Stock-Based Compensation 

At the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, the Company's shareholders approved the Northeast Bancorp Amended and 
Restated 2010 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "Restated Plan"). The Restated Plan amends and restates the Northeast 
Bancorp 2010 Option and Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan"). The key material differences between the 2010 Plan and the 
Restated Plan are: 

(cid:2)  The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the Restated Plan is increased by 600,000

shares, from 810,054 shares to 1,410,054 shares;  

(cid:2)  The method by which shares subject to previously granted awards are added back to the Restated Plan has been 
revised so that the only shares added back to the Restated Plan are those subject to awards that are forfeited, canceled
or otherwise terminated. The following shares shall not be added back to the Restated Plan: (i) shares tendered or 
held back upon exercise of an option or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, and
(ii) shares subject to a stock appreciation right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the stock
appreciation right upon exercise thereof.  

(cid:2)  Minimum vesting periods are required for grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance share

awards; and  

81 

 
  
  
   
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
(cid:2)  The term of the Restated Plan will now expire on November 28, 2022, while grants of incentive options under the 

Restated Plan may be made until September 21, 2022.  

A summary of stock option activity for the year ended June 30, 2016 follows:  

Outstanding at beginning of year ........................................................................    
Granted .............................................................................................................    
Exercised ..........................................................................................................    
Forfeited ...........................................................................................................    
Outstanding at end of year ...................................................................................    
Exercisable ...........................................................................................................    

1,059,721    $ 
-      
-      
(96,118)     
963,603      
466,385      

12.58 
- 
- 
10.06 
12.83 
13.05 

Shares 

     Weighted Average

Exercise Price 

     Weighted Average 

Grant Date Fair 
Value 

Shares 

Exercisable, beginning of year .............................................................................    
Vested ..............................................................................................................    
Exercised .........................................................................................................    
Forfeited or expired .........................................................................................    
Exercisable, end of year ......................................................................................    

305,595    $ 
167,456      
-      
(6,666)     
466,385      

3.55 
2.96 
- 
4.43 
3.48 

There were no options granted in the year ended June 30, 2016. The fair values of options granted have been estimated on 
the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted-average assumptions for the 
year ended June 30, 2015.  

Assumptions: 

Dividend yield .........................................................................................................................      
Expected life (in years) ............................................................................................................      
Expected volatility ...................................................................................................................      
Risk-free interest rate ...............................................................................................................      
Weighted average fair value per option ...................................................................................      

0.43% 
7.0  
30.30% 
2.03% 
$3.11  

   Year Ended June 30, 2015 

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The risk-free interest rate is for periods within the expected life of the 
awards, and is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected life is based on expected 
exercise experience.  

During the year ended June 30, 2013, certain provisions of outstanding stock options with market-based conditions were 
modified. The options, consisting of 237,616 shares, were granted to three executives of the Company in December of 2010 
and were to vest in three equal tranches upon the Company's common stock reaching applicable hurdle prices over specified 
time periods. The applicable hurdle price varies depending on the number of years that have elapsed since the date of grant. 
With respect to the first tranche, the applicable hurdle price was $27.86 for the period from December 29, 2010 through 
December 29, 2015; $31.34 for the period from December 29, 2015 through December 29, 2016; and $34.83 for the period 
from December 29, 2016 through December 29, 2017. With respect to the second tranche, the hurdle price was $31.34 for 
the period from December 29, 2010 through December 29, 2016; and $34.83 for the period from December 29, 2016 through 
December 29, 2017. With respect to the third tranche, the hurdle price was $34.83 for the period from December 29, 2010 
through December 29, 2017.  

The Company's Compensation Committee approved amending the hurdle prices as follows:  

With  respect  to  the  first  tranche,  the  applicable  hurdle  price  is  $16.43  for  the  period  from  December 29,  2010  through 
December 28, 2015; $18.58 for the period from December 29, 2015 through December 28, 2016; and $20.77 for the period 
from December 29, 2016 through December 28, 2017. With respect to the second tranche, the hurdle price is $18.58 for the 
period from December 29, 2010 through December 28, 2016; and $20.77 for the period from December 29, 2016 through 
December 28, 2017. With respect to the third tranche, the hurdle price is $20.77 for the period from December 29, 2010 
through December 28, 2017.  

82 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Except as modified by this amendment, all other terms and conditions of each of the outstanding performance-based stock 
options, including the option exercise price of $13.93 per share, remain in full force and effect.  

The incremental expense resulting from the modification was calculated as the difference between the stock option’s fair 
value immediately before and after the modification using the Hull-White option pricing model and the following weighted-
average assumptions:  

Assumptions: 

Dividend yield .............................................................................................................................     
Expected life (in years) ................................................................................................................     
Expected volatility .......................................................................................................................      28.45% - 
Risk-free interest rate ...................................................................................................................      0.07% - 

  3.72%
  7.8  

32.84%  
1.54% 

Incremental weighted average fair value per option .......................................................................     

  $0.52

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2016: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
9.30 
9.38 
9.38 
12.63 
13.93 
14.52 
12.83 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Life  

      Number 

20,000         
195,999         
33,059         
12,500         
540,035         
162,010         
963,603         

(in years)       
7.64  
6.59 
2.50 
5.58 
4.50 
3.73 
4.81 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
39 
366 
62 
- 
- 
- 
467 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
9.30 
9.38 
9.38 
12.63 
13.93 
14.52 
13.05 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Life  

    Number 

-       
65,333       
33,059       
8,334       
278,655       
81,004       
466,385       

(in years)      
7.64  
6.59 
2.50 
5.58 
4.50 
3.73 
4.81 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
- 
122 
62 
- 
- 
- 
184 

A summary of restricted stock activity for the year ended June 30, 2016 follows: 

     Weighted Average 

Grant  
Date Fair Value 

Shares 

Unvested at beginning of period ..............................................................    
Granted .................................................................................................    
Vested ...................................................................................................    
Forfeited ...............................................................................................    
Unvested at end of period .........................................................................    

212,010    $ 
100,000      
(13,597)     
(46,554)     
251,859      

9.34 
10.82 
9.33 
9.53 
9.93 

At June 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company has accrued a liability of $48 thousand representing the maximum cash payment 
for performance-based stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) granted in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. The SARs expire 
in December of 2020. 

Stock-based compensation totaled $613 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2016 and $705 thousand for the year ended 
June  30,  2015.  The  tax  benefit  related  to  stock-based  compensation  expensed  totaled  $215  thousand  for  the  year  ended  
June 30, 2016 and $253 thousand for the year ended June 30, 2015. The estimated amount and timing of future pre-tax stock-
based compensation expense to be recognized are as follows. 

2017 

2018 

Stock options .........   $ 
Restricted stock  ....     
  $ 

116     $ 
518       
634     $ 

49    $
494     
543    $

Year Ended June 30, 
2019 
2020 
(Dollars in thousands) 
5    $
460     
465    $

-    $
279     
279    $

2021 

Total 

-    $
51     
51    $

170 
1,802 
1,972 

83 

 
  
  
      
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
     
   
    
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
        
        
     
     
      
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
   
   
   
    
 
  
  
 
  
15. Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Off-Balance Sheet Risks  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the 
financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments 
include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements 
of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts 
of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the  financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The 
Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet 
instruments.  

Financial instruments with contract amounts which represent credit risk are as follows:  

June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Commitments to originate loans...........................................................................   $
Unused lines of credit  ..........................................................................................    
Standby letters of credit  .......................................................................................    
Commitment to fund investment ..........................................................................    

44,684     $ 
58,412       
3,822       
2,500       

24,966 
39,414 
60 
- 

Commitments  to  extend  credit  are  agreements  to  lend  to  a  customer  as  long  as  there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition 
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require 
payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment 
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on 
a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is 
based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, 
inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  income-producing  commercial  properties.  The  Company  has  recorded  an 
allowance for possible losses on commitments and unfunded loans totaling $81 thousand and $37 thousand recorded in other 
liabilities at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to 
a third party. Those guarantees are issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing 
letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. As of June 30, 2016 and 
2015,  the  maximum  potential  amount  of  the  Company's  obligation  was  $3.8  million  and  $60 thousand,  respectively,  for 
financial and standby letters of credit. The Company's outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of less than one 
year. If a letter of credit is drawn upon, the Company may seek recourse through the customer's underlying line of credit. If 
the customer's line of credit is also in default, the Company may take possession of the collateral, if any, securing the line of 
credit.  

Lease Obligations  

The Company leases certain properties used in operations under terms of operating leases that include renewal options. The 
leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses which provide for increased rental expense as these leases expire. Rental 
expense under leases totaled $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2016 and $1.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.  

84 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Approximate  future  minimum  lease  payments over  the  remaining  terms  of  the  Company's  leases  at  June 30,  2016  are  as 
follows:  

Minimum lease 
payments 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

2017 .......................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2018 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2019 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................      
2021 .......................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter  .............................................................................................................................................      
Total ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

1,249 
1,214 
1,207 
1,205 
1,230 
3,164 
9,269 

Legal Proceedings  

The Company and its subsidiary are parties to litigation and claims arising in the normal course of business. Management 
believes that the liabilities, if any, arising from such litigation and claims will not be material to the Company's consolidated 
financial position or results of operations.  

16. Other Comprehensive Loss  

The components of other comprehensive loss follow:  

Year Ended June 30, 

   Pre-tax  
   Amount 

2016 
Tax 
Expense 
(Benefit)      Amount 

    After-tax     

Pre-tax  
    Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 
Tax 
Expense 
(Benefit)      Amount 

    After-tax   

Change in net unrealized gain on 

available-for-sale securities .......   $ 

1,033    $

393    $

640    $

442    $ 

116    $

326 

Change in accumulated loss 

on effective cash flow hedges ....     

(2,032)    

(776)    

(1,256)    

(529)     

(228)    

(301)

Reclassification adjustment 

included in net income ...............     

(3)    

(1)    

(2)    

(49)     

(19)    

(30)

Total derivatives and hedging 

activities ....................................     
Total other comprehensive loss  ....   $ 

(2,035)    
(1,002)   $

(777)    
(384)   $

(1,258)    
(618)   $

(578)     
(136)   $ 

(247)    
(131)   $

(331)
(5)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of the following components:  

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities .....................................  $
Tax effect ......................................................................................................   
Net-of-tax amount .....................................................................................   
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges ................................................................   
Tax effect ......................................................................................................   
Net-of-tax amount .....................................................................................   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  ..........................................................  $

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

197    $ 
(75)     
122      
(3,276)     
1,248      
(2,028)     
(1,906)   $ 

(836)
318 
(518)
(1,242)
472 
(770)
(1,288)

85 

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
   
    
  
   
    
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
17. Derivatives  

The Company has stand-alone derivative financial instruments in the form of interest rate caps that derive their value from a 
fee paid and are adjusted to fair value based on index and strike rate, and swap agreements that derive their value from the 
underlying interest rate. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which 
calculations, payments and the value of the derivative are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. 
Direct credit exposure arises in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these agreements, and is limited to the 
net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. Such differences, which represent the fair value 
of the derivative instruments, are reflected on the Company's balance sheet as derivative assets and derivative liabilities. The 
Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures, and 
does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations.  

The Company currently holds derivative instruments that contain credit-risk related features that are in a net liability position, 
which may require that collateral be assigned to dealer banks. At June 30, 2016, the Company had posted cash collateral 
totaling $3.1 million with dealer banks related to derivative instruments in a net liability position.  

The Company does not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments. The Company does not net the amount 
recognized  for  the  right  to  reclaim  cash  collateral  against  the  obligation  to  return  cash  collateral  arising  from  derivative 
instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.  

Risk Management Policies—Derivative Instruments  

The Company evaluates the effectiveness of entering into any derivative instrument agreement by measuring the cost of such 
an agreement in relation to the reduction in net income volatility within an assumed range of interest rates.  

Interest Rate Risk Management—Cash Flow Hedging Instruments  

The Company uses variable rate debt as a source of funds for use in the Company's lending and investment activities and 
other  general  business  purposes.  These  debt  obligations  expose  the  Company  to  variability  in  interest  payments  due  to 
changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest 
expense  decreases.  Management  believes  it  is  prudent  to  limit  the  variability  of  a  portion  of  its  interest  payments  and, 
therefore, generally hedges a portion of its variable-rate interest payments.  

Information pertaining to outstanding interest rate caps and swap agreements used to hedge junior subordinated debt and 
FHLBB advances is as follows: 

Notional
Amount   

Inception  
Date 

Termination 
Date 

Index 

Interest rate swaps: 
$  5,000  

July 2013   

July 2033 

5,000  

July 2013   

July 2028 

5,000  

July 2013   

July 2023 

Interest rate caps: 

6,000

10,000

October 
2014   
March 
2015  

September 
2019   
February 
2020  

$ 31,000     

3 Mo.
LIBOR 
3 Mo.
LIBOR 
3 Mo.
LIBOR 

3 Mo.
LIBOR 
3 Mo.
LIBOR 

June 30, 2016 

Receive
Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Pay  
Rate 

Strike 
Rate 

Unrealized 
Gain 
(Loss) 

Fair 
Value 

Balance Sheet
Location 

0.65% 

3.38% 

n/a     $

(1,352)      (1,352)

0.65% 

3.23% 

n/a       

(1,005)      (1,005)

0.65% 

2.77% 

n/a       

(560)     

(560)

Other 
Liabilities 
Other 
Liabilities 
Other 
Liabilities 

n/a     

n/a    

2.50%    

(167)     

10

Other Assets

n/a     

n/a    

2.50%    

(192)     

25

Other Assets

     $

(3,276)  $  (2,882)     

86 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
    
    
    
  
 
     
     
     
        
        
          
        
     
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
     
     
     
        
        
          
        
     
   
  
 
   
  
 
     
     
     
        
        
 
 
 
Notional 
Amount   

Inception 
Date 

Termination 
Date 

Index 

Interest rate swaps: 
$  5,000  

July 2013   

July 2033 

    5,000  

July 2013   

July 2028 

    5,000  

July 2013   

July 2023 

Interest rate caps: 

6,000  

10,000  

October 
2014   
March 
2015  

September 
2019  
February 
2020  

$ 31,000     

3 Mo. 
LIBOR  
3 Mo. 
LIBOR  
3 Mo. 
LIBOR  

3 Mo. 
LIBOR  
3 Mo. 
LIBOR 

June 30, 2015 
Pay  
Rate 

Receive 
Rate 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Strike 
Rate 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Balance Sheet
Location 

0.28% 

3.38% 

n/a     $

  (472)  $    (472)

0.28% 

3.23% 

n/a       

   (368)        (368)

0.28% 

2.77% 

n/a       

   (208)        (208)

Other 
Liabilities  
Other 
Liabilities  
Other 
Liabilities  

n/a     

n/a    

2.50%    

   (114)     

63 

Other Assets 

n/a    

n/a    

2.50%    

(80)     

136

Other Assets

     $    (1,242)  $    (849)     

During the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, no interest rate cap or swap agreements were terminated prior to maturity. 
Changes in the fair value of interest rate caps and swaps designated as hedging instruments of the variability of cash flows 
associated with variable rate debt are reported in other comprehensive income. These amounts subsequently are reclassified 
into interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the debt affects earnings. Risk 
management results for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 related to the balance sheet hedging of variable rate debt 
indicates that the hedges were effective.  

During the periods presented, amounts recognized in income related to hedge ineffectiveness resulted from amortization of 
the non-zero fair value associated with the Company's single interest rate swap held at the time of the merger with FHB 
Formation LLC in December 2010. During the periods presented, amounts recognized in income related to amounts excluded 
from effectiveness testing resulted from amortization of the acquisition price of interest rate caps. The table below presents 
amounts recognized in income related to both hedge ineffectiveness and amounts excluded from effectiveness testing.  

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest income (expense): 
Interest rate caps ...............................................................................................  $
Interest rate swap ..............................................................................................   
Total .................................................................................................................  $

3    $ 
-      
3    $ 

(15)
64 
49 

The Company does not expect to record interest income or interest expense related to interest rate swap or interest rate cap 
ineffectiveness in the next twelve months.  

18. Fair Value Measurements  

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction (that is, 
not  a  forced  liquidation  or  distressed  sale)  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  under  current  market 
conditions. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of 
market  dislocation.  In  periods  of  market  dislocation,  the  observability  of  prices  and  inputs  may  be  reduced  for  many 
instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from one level to another. When market assumptions 
are not readily available, the Company's own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing 
the asset or liability at the measurement date. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for 
the asset or liability, regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement remains the 
same.  

87 

 
  
  
 
    
    
    
  
 
     
     
     
        
        
          
        
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
     
     
     
        
        
          
        
     
   
 
   
 
     
     
     
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
         
 
  
  
  
 
 
ASC 820 defines fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to 
measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets 
or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels 
of the fair value hierarchy under ASC 820 are described below:  

Level 1- Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity 
has the ability to access at the measurement date.  

Level 2- Valuations based on  significant  other observable  inputs  other  than Level 1 prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for 
similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be 
corroborated by observable market data.  

Level 3- Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.  

To  the  extent  that  valuation  is  based  on  models  or  inputs  that  are  less  observable  or  unobservable  in  the  market,  the 
determination  of  fair  value  requires  more  judgment.  Accordingly,  the  degree  of  judgment  exercised  by  the  Company  in 
determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument's level within the fair value 
hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

Valuation techniques- There have been no changes in the valuation techniques used during the current period.  

Transfers- There were no transfers of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis 
during the current period.  

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:  

Available-for-sale  securities-  Where  quoted  prices  are  available  in  an  active  market,  securities  are  classified  within 
Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include publicly-traded common and preferred stocks. 
If quoted prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models (i.e., matrix pricing) and market 
interest rates and credit assumptions or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics and are classified within 
Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Examples of such instruments include government agency and government sponsored 
agency mortgage-backed securities, as well as certain preferred and trust preferred stocks. Level 3 securities are securities 
for which significant unobservable inputs are utilized.  

The other investment is measured at fair value using the net asset value per share as a practical expedient. The fund seeks 
to invest in securities either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies. The Company’s investment 
can be redeemed daily at the closing net asset value per share. In accordance with ASC 820-10, the investment has not 
been included in the fair value hierarchy. 

Derivative  financial  instruments- The valuation of  the  Company's  interest  rate  swaps  and  caps  are determined using 
widely accepted valuation techniques including discounted cash flow analyses on the expected cash flows of derivatives. 
These  analyses  reflect  the  contractual  terms  of  the  derivatives,  including  the  period  to  maturity,  and  use  observable 
market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. Unobservable inputs, such as credit valuation 
adjustments are insignificant to the overall valuation of the Company's derivative financial instruments. Accordingly, 
the Company has determined that its interest rate derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  

The fair value of derivative loan commitments and forward loan sale agreements are estimated using the anticipated 
market  price  based  on  pricing  indications  provided  from  syndicate  banks.  These  commitments  and  agreements  are 
categorized as Level 2. The fair value of such instruments was nominal at each date presented.  

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis:  

Collateral dependent impaired loans- Valuations of impaired loans measured at fair value are determined by a review 
of  collateral  values.  Certain  inputs  used  in  appraisals  are  not  always  observable,  and  therefore  impaired  loans  are 
generally categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.  

Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral - The fair values of real estate owned and other repossessed collateral 
are estimated based upon appraised values less estimated costs to sell. Certain inputs used in appraisals are not always 
observable, and therefore may be categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. When inputs used in appraisals 
are primarily observable, they are classified as Level 2.  

88 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Loan  servicing  rights  - The  fair  value  of  the  SBA  and  mortgage  servicing  rights  is  based  on  a  valuation  model  that 
calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. Adjustments are only recorded when the discounted 
cash  flows  derived  from  the  valuation  model  are  less  than  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset.  Certain  inputs  are  not 
observable, and therefore loan servicing rights are generally categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. 

Fair Value of other Financial Instruments:  

Cash and cash equivalents- The fair value of cash, due from banks, interest bearing deposits and FHLBB overnight 
deposits approximates their relative book values, as these financial instruments have short maturities.  

FHLBB  stock-  The  carrying  value  of  FHLBB  stock  approximates  fair  value  based  on  redemption  provisions  of  the 
FHLBB.  

Loans- Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. The fair value of performing 
loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount 
rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. The estimates of maturity are based on the Company's 
historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of 
current economic conditions, lending conditions and the effects of estimated prepayments.  

Loans held for sale- The fair value of loans held-for-sale is estimated based on bid quotations received from loan dealers.  

Accrued interest receivable- The fair value of this financial instrument approximates the book value. It is the Company's 
policy to stop accruing interest on loans past due by more than 90 days. Therefore, this financial instrument has been 
adjusted for estimated credit loss.  

Deposits- The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits, savings, NOW 
accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair values of time deposits are 
based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered 
for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The fair value estimates do not include the benefit that results from the low-
cost funding provided by the deposit liabilities compared to the cost of borrowing funds in the market. If that value were 
considered, the fair value of the Company's net assets could increase.  

Borrowings- The fair value of the Company's borrowings with the FHLBB is estimated by discounting the cash flows 
through maturity or the next re-pricing date based on current rates available to the Company for borrowings with similar 
maturities.  The  fair  value  of  the  Company's  short-term  borrowings,  capital  lease  obligations,  wholesale  repurchase 
agreements and other borrowings is estimated by discounting the cash flows through maturity based on current rates 
available to the Company for borrowings with similar maturities.  

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments- Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit-related financial instruments are 
based  on  fees  currently  charged  to  enter  into  similar  agreements,  taking  into  account  the  remaining  terms  of  the 
agreements and the counterparties' credit standing. The fair value of such instruments was nominal at each date presented.  

89 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below.  

Assets 
Securities available-for-sale: 

Total 

June 30, 2016 

Level 1 
Level 2 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Level 3 

U.S. Government agency securities ..................................   $
Agency mortgage-backed securities .................................    
Other investment measured at net asset value(1) ...............    
Other assets – interest rate caps ............................................    
Liabilities 
Other liabilities – interest rate swaps ...................................   $

52,046    $
43,368     
5,158     
35     

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

52,046    $
43,368     
-     
35     

2,917    $

-    $ 

2,917    $

Assets 
Securities available-for-sale: 

Total 

June 30, 2015 

Level 1 
Level 2 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Level 3 

U.S. Government agency securities ..................................   $
Agency mortgage-backed securities .................................    
Other investment measured at net asset value(1) ...............    
Other assets – interest rate caps ............................................    
Liabilities 
Other liabilities – interest rate swap .....................................   $

48,230    $
53,678     
-     
199     

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      

48,230    $
53,678     
-     
199     

1,048    $

-    $ 

1,048    $

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

(1) 

In accordance with ASU 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per
share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value 
amount  presented  in  the  table  is  intended  to  permit  reconciliation  of  the  fair  value  amount  to  the  consolidated
financial statements. 

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are summarized below. 

Collateral dependent impaired loans ............................   $
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral .....    
Loan servicing rights ....................................................    

922    $
1,652     
1,771     

(Dollars in thousands) 
-    $
-     
-     

-    $
-     
-     

922 
1,652 
1,771 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

June 30, 2016 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

June 30, 2015 

Collateral dependent impaired loans ............................   $
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral .....    
Loan servicing rights ....................................................    

932    $
1,651     
1,123     

(Dollars in thousands) 
-    $
-     
-     

-    $
-     
-     

932 
1,651 
1,123 

The table below presents quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for assets measured at fair 
value on a nonrecurring basis at the dates indicated.  

Fair Value  

June 30, 
June 30,  
2016  
2015 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Valuation Technique  

Collateral dependent impaired loans .......................   $
Real estate owned and other repossessed collateral     
Loan servicing rights ...............................................    

922    $
1,652     
1,771     

932 
1,651 
1,123 

Appraisal of collateral(1) 
Appraisal of collateral(1) 
Discounted cash flow(2) 

90 

 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
      
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
   
   
    
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
    
  
 
   
 
  
 
    
 
 
 
(1) Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral. The Company may also use 
another  available  source  of  collateral  assessment  to  determine  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral. 
Appraisals  may  be  adjusted  by  management  for  qualitative  factors  such  as  economic  factors  and  estimated  liquidation 
expenses. The range of these possible adjustments was 10% to 75%. 
(2) Fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow model. The unobservable inputs include anticipated rate of loan 
prepayments and discount rates. The range of prepayment assumptions used was 4.0% to 19.4%. For discount rates, the range 
was 6.3% to 13.0%.  

The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments. 

   Carrying 
   Amount 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2016 

Total 

Level 1 
(Dollars in thousands) 

     Level 2 

Level 3 

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................  $
Available-for-sale securities ...........................   
Other investment measured at net asset 

value(1) ........................................................   
Federal Home Loan Bank stock .....................   
Loans held for sale .........................................   
Loans, net .......................................................   
Accrued interest receivable ............................   
Interest rate caps .............................................   

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits ..........................................................   
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ...............   
Short-term borrowings ...................................   
Capital lease obligation ..................................   
Subordinated debt ...........................................   
Interest rate swaps ..........................................   

151,157    $
95,414     

151,157    $
95,414     

151,157    $
-      

-     $
95,414      

- 
- 

5,158     
2,408     
7,519     
690,086     
1,579     
35     

800,432     
30,075     
-     
1,128     
23,331     
2,917     

5,158     
2,408     
7,519     
695,830     
1,579     
35     

801,045     
30,396     
-     
1,219     
25,664     
2,917     

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
2,408      
7,519      
-      
1,579      
35      

801,045      
30,396      
-      
1,219      
-      
2,917      

- 
- 
- 
695,830 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
25,664 
- 

   Carrying 
   Amount 

Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2015 

Total 

Level 1 
(Dollars in thousands) 

     Level 2 

Level 3 

Financial assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................  $
Available-for-sale securities ...........................   
Other investment measured at net asset 

value(1) ........................................................   
Federal Home Loan Bank stock .....................   
Loans held for sale .........................................   
Loans, net .......................................................   
Accrued interest receivable ............................   
Interest rate caps .............................................   

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits ..........................................................   
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ...............   
Wholesale repurchase agreements ..................   
Short-term borrowings ...................................   
Capital lease obligation ..................................   
Subordinated debt ...........................................   
Interest rate swaps ..........................................   

89,850    $
101,908     

89,850    $
101,908     

89,850    $
-      

-     $
101,908      

- 
- 

-     
4,102     
9,035     
610,211     
1,335     
199     

674,759     
30,188     
10,037     
2,349     
1,368     
8,626     
1,048     

-     
4,102     
9,035     
613,896     
1,335     
199     

675,285     
30,867     
10,098     
2,349     
1,448     
8,471     
1,048     

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
4,102      
9,035      
-      
1,335      
199      

- 
- 
- 
613,896 
- 
- 

675,285      
30,867      
10,098      
2,349      
1,448      
-      
1,048      

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
8,471 
- 

(1) 

In accordance with ASU 820-10, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per
share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value 
amount  presented  in  the  table  is  intended  to  permit  reconciliation  of  the  fair  value  amount  to  the  consolidated
financial statements. 

91 

 
  
  
  
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
  
   
 
  
   
   
   
 
  
  
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
      
        
        
        
        
 
      
        
        
        
        
 
 
  
19. Condensed Parent Information  

Condensed financial information for Northeast Bancorp follows:  

Balance Sheets 
Assets: 
Cash  .........................................................................................................................  $
Investment in subsidiary  ..........................................................................................   
Investment in common securities of affiliated trusts  ...............................................   
Other assets  .............................................................................................................   
Total assets  ..........................................................................................................  $

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity: 
Subordinated debt  ....................................................................................................  $
Other liabilities  ........................................................................................................   
Total liabilities  .....................................................................................................   
Shareholders’ equity  ............................................................................................   
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity  .............................................................  $

Statements of Income 
Income: 
Other income  ...........................................................................................................  $
Total income  ........................................................................................................   

Expenses: 
Interest expense  .......................................................................................................   
General and administrative expenses  ......................................................................   
Total expenses  .....................................................................................................   

Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of 

subsidiary ......................................................................................................   
Income tax benefit  ...................................................................................................   
Loss before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary  ..........................   
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary  ....................................................   
Net income  .......................................................................................................  $

June 30, 2016 

June 30, 2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

24,528     $ 
117,228       
496       
226       
142,478     $ 

23,331     $ 
2,556       
25,887       
116,591       
142,478     $ 

13,251 
109,275 
496 
434 
123,456 

8,626 
1,991 
10,617 
112,839 
123,456 

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

62     $ 
62       

651       
954       
1,605       

(1,543 )     
(579 )     
(964 )     
8,583       
7,619     $ 

14 
14 

718 
1,128 
1,846 

(1,832)
(684)
(1,148)
8,289 
7,141 

92 

 
  
  
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
 
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income  ..............................................................................................................   $
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:       
Amortization of fair value adjustment for borrowings  ............................................    
Stock-based compensation .......................................................................................    
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary  .......................................................................    
Increase in other assets and liabilities ......................................................................    
Net cash provided by operating activities  ...............................................................    

Investing activities: 
Increase in investment of bank subsidiary  ...............................................................    
Net cash used in investing activities  ........................................................................    

Financing activities: 
Issuance of subordinated debt, net of debt issuance costs  .......................................    
Taxes paid through cancellation of common stock ..................................................    
Repurchase of common stock ..................................................................................    
Dividends paid to shareholders  ...............................................................................    
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  ................................................    

Net increase (decrease) in cash  ...............................................................................    
Cash, beginning of year  ...........................................................................................    
Cash, end of year ......................................................................................................   $

Year Ended June 30, 

2016 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands) 

7,619    $ 

193      
613      
(8,583)     
673      
515      

-      
-      

14,512      
(11)     
(3,359)     
(380)     
10,762      

11,277      
13,251      
24,528    $ 

7,141 

186 
705 
(8,289)
1,029 
772 

- 
- 

- 
- 
(6,666)
(402)
(7,068)

(6,296)
19,547 
13,251 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  

None 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, 
including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls 
and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon the evaluation, the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of June 30, 2016, the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures  are  effective. Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  controls  and  procedures  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that 
information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  Company’s  reports  filed  or  submitted  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules 
and forms. In addition, no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our internal controls 
and procedures over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered 
by this annual report.  

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls over financial reporting. The standard 
measures  adopted  by  management  in  making  its  evaluation  are  the  measures  in Interest  Control—Integrated  Framework 
(2013) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We do not expect that our 
disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objective will be met. Further, the 

93 

 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
  
 
 
      
        
 
      
        
 
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
      
        
 
  
      
        
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
design  of  a  control  system  must  reflect  the  fact  that  there  are  resource  constraints,  and  the  benefits  of  controls  must  be 
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can 
provide absolute assurance that all control issues, errors, and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been or 
will be detected. The inherent limitations include, among other things, the realities that judgments in decision-making can be 
faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls and procedures also can be circumvented 
by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management or employee override of the 
controls and procedures. The design of any system of controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about 
the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under 
all potential future conditions. Over time, controls and procedures may become inadequate because of changes in conditions 
or  deterioration  in  the degree  of compliance  with  its policies or procedures. Because of  the  inherent  limitation  in a  cost-
effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.  

Based on their evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
concluded, subject to the limitations described above, that our internal controls and procedures over financial reporting as of 
the end of the period covered by this report were effective and that there were no material weaknesses.  

94 

 
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Northeast Bancorp 

We have audited Northeast Bancorp’s and subsidiary (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 
2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
included in the accompanying “Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that  (a)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in reasonable detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of  
June  30,  2016,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  Northeast  Bancorp  and  subsidiary  as  of  June  30,  2016,  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and 
our report dated September 13, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

Boston, Massachusetts 
September 13, 2016 

95 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There have been no significant changes in our internal controls, or in other factors that could significantly affect our internal 
controls, subsequent to the date the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer completed their evaluation, including 
any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies or material weaknesses.  

Item 9B. 

Other Information. 

None.  

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The information required by Item 10 is included in the Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

The information required by Item 11 is included in the Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders 

The information required by Item 12 is included in the Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information required by Item 13 is included in the Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by Item 14 is included in the Proxy Statement relating to our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

96 

 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
PART IV  

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(b)  Exhibits 

2.1  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  March  30,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  FHB
Formation LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Form 8-K filed with Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2010). 

3.1  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Northeast Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1

of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

3.2  Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Northeast Bancorp (incorporated 

by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2011). 

3.3  Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Northeast Bancorp (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 29, 2012). 
3.4  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Northeast  Bancorp  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  of  Northeast

Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

4.1  Registration Rights Schedule to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 30, 2010, by and between
Northeast Bancorp and FHB Formation LLC (incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A of 
Northeast Bancorp filed on March 19, 2012). 

10.1+  Form of Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and between Northeast Bancorp and each
of the members of the Board (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

10.2+  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  30,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  Richard  Wayne
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  Northeast  Bancorp’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
January 5, 2011). 

10.3+  Employment  Agreement,  dated  December  30,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  Claire  Bean
(incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  Northeast  Bancorp’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
January 5, 2011). 

10.4+  Employment Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and between Northeast Bancorp and Heather Campion 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 
2011). 

10.5+  Separation Agreement & General Release, dated August 15, 2013, by and between Northeast Bancorp and Heather
Campion (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
August 15, 2013). 

10.6+  Non-Qualified  Time-Based  Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December  29,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast 
Bancorp and Richard Wayne (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

10.7+  Non-Qualified Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 22, 2013, by and between Northeast 
Bancorp and Richard Wayne (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2013). 

10.8+  Non-Qualified  Time-Based  Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December  29,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast 
Bancorp and Claire Bean (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

97 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.9+  Non-Qualified Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 22, 2013, by and between Northeast 
Bancorp and Claire Bean (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2013). 

10.10+  Non-Qualified  Time-Based  Stock  Option  Agreement,  dated  December  29,  2010,  by  and  between  Northeast 
Bancorp and Heather Campion (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on January 5, 2011). 

10.11+  Non-Qualified Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 22, 2013, by and between Northeast 
Bancorp and Heather Campion (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2013). 

10.12+  Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated December 30, 2010, by and between Northeast Bancorp and Robert 
Glauber (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 5, 2011). 

10.13+  Amended and Restated Performance-Based Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, dated March 24, 2011, by and 
between  Northeast  Bancorp  and  Matthew  Botein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  Northeast
Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2011). 

10.14+  Non-Qualified Time-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 24, 2011, by and between Northeast Bancorp
and Matthew Botein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form
8-K filed on March 30, 2011). 

10.15+  Non-Qualified Performance-Based Stock Option Agreement, dated March 24, 2011, by and between Northeast
Bancorp and Matthew Botein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2011). 

10.16  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  June  29,  2016,  by  and  among  Northeast  Bancorp  and  the
Purchasers identified therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2016). 

10.17  Form  of  6.75%  Fixed-to-Floating  Subordinated  Note  due  2026  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  of

Northeast Bancorp’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2016).  

21*  Subsidiaries of Northeast Bancorp 

23.1*  Consent of RSM US LLP 
23.2*  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP 
31.1*  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2*  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-

Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1**  Rule 13a-14(b) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906

of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document* 
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document* 
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document* 
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document* 
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document* 
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document* 

*  Filed herewith. 

** Furnished herewith 

+  Management contract or compensatory plan or agreement 

98 

 
  
  
  
 
 
SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

  NORTHEAST BANCORP 

Date: September 13, 2016 

  By: 

/s/ RICHARD WAYNE  
Richard Wayne 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature 

Title

Date

/s/ RICHARD WAYNE   
Richard Wayne 

    Chief Executive Officer and Director  
   (Principal Executive Officer) 

    September 13, 2016 

/s/ BRIAN SHAUGHNESSY 
Brian Shaughnessy 

    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial     September 13, 2016 
   Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ ROBERT GLAUBER  
Robert Glauber 

/s/ MATTHEW BOTEIN  
Matthew Botein 

/s/ CHERYL DORSEY  
Cheryl Dorsey 

/s/ PETER MCCLEAN  
Peter McClean 

/s/ JOHN C. ORESTIS  
John C. Orestis 

/s/ DAVID TANNER  
David Tanner 

/s/ JUDITH E. WALLINGFORD  
Judith E. Wallingford 

    Chairman of the Board 

    September 13, 2016 

    September 13, 2016 

    September 13, 2016 

    September 13, 2016 

    September 13, 2016 

    September 13, 2016 

    September 13, 2016 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

99 

 
  
  
   
     
   
   
   
   
     
   
     
     
     
 
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
 
  
  
   
       
       
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

Board of Directors
for Northeast Bancorp
and Northeast Bank

Robert R. Glauber, Chairman
Lecturer
Harvard Kennedy School of 
Government

Matthew B. Botein
Global Chief Investment
Officer and Co-Head
BlackRock Alternative Investors
BlackRock

Cheryl Lynn Dorsey
President
Echoing Green

John C. Orestis
President and
Chief Executive Officer
North Country Associates

David A. Tanner
Managing Director
Arlon Group LLC

Judith E. Wallingford
President
The Maine Water Company

Richard Wayne
President and
Chief Executive Officer
Northeast Bancorp

Senior Management

Richard Wayne
President and
Chief Executive Officer

Patrick Dignan
Executive Vice President

Brian Fenwick
SVP, Director of Loan Underwriting

Christopher Hickey
Director of Asset Management 
and Managing Director

Jeanne A. Hulit
President, Community Banking 
Division

Heidi Jacques
SVP, Director of Human Resources

Julie Jenkins
SVP, Director of Operations

James Krumsiek, Esq.
Managing Director and 
Legal Counsel

Theresa Morrison
SVP, Director of Real Estate 
Valuation

Brian Pinheiro
Chief Risk Officer

Brian Shaughnessy
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer

Jonathan Smith
SVP, Director of SBA Lending

Jeff Wright
SVP, Retail Sales & 
Operations Manager,
Community Banking Division

 
Shareholder Information

Corporate Offices

Branch Offices

Annual Meeting
10:00 am EST, Tuesday, November 22, 2016 at 
the offices of Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern 
Avenue, Boston, MA 02210.

Transfer Agent 
Computershare, Inc.
250 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
800.942.5909

Annual Report on Form 10-K and  
Other Financial Information
A copy of Northeast Bancorp’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission may be obtained from the Company 
by sending a written request to:
Shareholder Relations
Northeast Bancorp
500 Canal Street
Lewiston, ME 04240

The common stock of Northeast Bancorp trades 
on NASDAQ under the symbol NBN.

Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this report that are not historical 
facts may be considered forward-looking statements. 
For more information regarding factors that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those 
projected in the forward-looking statements, see 
“A Note About Forward-Looking Statements” in the 
Company’s 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Northeast Bancorp and its subsidiaries are 
an Equal Opportunity Employer.

Northeast Bancorp 
500 Canal Street 
Lewiston, ME 04240  
207.786.3245

Northeast Bancorp 
200 Berkeley Street
Boston, MA 02116
617.585.3200

Northeast Bancorp 
27 Pearl Street
Portland, ME 04101
207.774.1426

Connecting All Locations
800.284.5989
www.northeastbank.com

Loan Production 
Offices

Maine

BANGOR 
 21 Main Street , Suite 203  
Bangor, ME 04401 
 207.217.6750

New Hampshire

HAMPTON 
881 Lafayette Road, Unit D 
Hampton, NH 03842  
603.570.4879

AUBURN  
232 Center Street*  
Auburn, ME 04210 
 207.783.5632

AUGUSTA  
235 Western Avenue*  
Augusta, ME 04330  
207.623.0603

BETHEL  
11 Main Street**  
Bethel, ME 04217  
207.824.2117

BRUNSWICK 
 186 Maine Street*  
Brunswick, ME 04011 
 207.729.8711

BUCKFIELD 
 2 Depot Street**  
Buckfield, ME 04220  
207.336.2371

HARRISON  
46 Main Street 
 Harrison, ME 04040 
 207.583.2954

LEWISTON  
500 Canal Street** 
 Lewiston, ME 04240  
207.786.3245

POLAND  
1399 Maine Street*  
Poland, ME 04274  
207.998.3475

PORTLAND  
27 Pearl Street** 
 Portland, ME 04101  
207.774.1426

SOUTH PARIS  
235 Main Street*  
South Paris, ME 04281  
207.743.8168

*  Drive-up ATM
** Walk-up ATM